{"title":"Camping Equipment","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"arb-altitude-rooftop-tent","title":"ARB Altitude Electric Rooftop Tent for Two - XCTR802500","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWake up somewhere worth the drive.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOpen the windows, let the morning in and enjoy the view from your own double bed. The ARB Altitude puts a comfortable room on top of your touring vehicle, with electric opening and closing, space to leave your bedding inside and thoughtful details that make a few nights away feel like a proper holiday. It is ARB’s flagship rooftop tent, built for two people who want to travel with their own bed and make the most of every stop.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCTR802500\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLess to unpack when you arrive\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAfter a long drive, being able to leave the bed made is a luxury you will appreciate. The Altitude has room to close with bedding inside, with recessed roof nets for pillows and bulkier items. Its ladder travels in a separate compartment within the upper shell, so it does not take up space alongside your bags, food and recovery gear. Set out the ladder, release the two external latches and press the button: the electric scissor lift raises the roof for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRoom to enjoy being away\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe roof rises at both ends, creating a room with upright walls and 1180 mm of headroom. There is space to sit up with a book, get changed or take your time over the first coffee of the day. The included 1370 × 1870 mm double mattress uses 70 mm dual-density foam. Open the corner windows and side doors for a panoramic view, or close the fabric panels for privacy. Insect mesh lets you enjoy ventilation while keeping the sleeping space screened.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eComfort after the sun goes down\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDimmable white and amber lighting lets you choose bright light for finding your things or a softer setting before bed. The roof fan has adjustable speeds and can draw air in or extract it, helping you keep air moving on warmer nights. USB and USB-C charging keep your phone close to hand, while bottle holders, phone pockets and roof nets give the small essentials somewhere to live. The moulded headliner separates you from the ladder compartment and adds an insulating layer beneath the shell.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA ladder you will appreciate in bare feet\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWide 360 × 175 mm treads sit flat when the ladder is correctly positioned, giving your feet a proper step. Folding handrails provide something substantial to hold on the climb, and white or amber lighting beneath the attachment rail lights your way after dark. The ladder can attach to either side of the tent, so you can choose the entrance that works with your awning, parking position and campsite. It adjusts for vehicle heights from 1735 to 2110 mm; an extension is available separately for taller installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAn easier start the next morning\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSmartFold hinges guide the canvas inward as the powered roof lowers, reducing the handling involved in packing away. Lay the bedding flat, put pillows in the roof nets and close the fabric panels before lowering. Keep an eye on the canvas as it folds, particularly in a breeze, then secure the latches and return the ladder to its compartment. For a trip with a different stop each night, keeping the bed and ladder together makes the daily routine much simpler.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBuilt to stay part of your touring setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe contoured fibreglass shell has a two-tone grey gel-coat finish over an aluminium frame. A 17 mm honeycomb base and 380 GSM polycotton canvas give the tent its structure, with corner drainage points for rainwater and seals that close those openings for travel. Integrated T-slot rails carry up to 20 kg, including the mounting hardware, and the electric lift can operate with that load in place. Suitable boards or recovery equipment can therefore stay secured above the tent overnight, within the complete vehicle and rack limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat comes with your Altitude\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tent includes its electric lift and SmartFold system, double mattress, internally stored ladder with folding handrails, interior and ladder lighting, roof fan, charging sockets, storage pockets and nets, roof rails, bracket clamps and a 3 m power lead. Plan the vehicle mounting and 12 V connection alongside the tent. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-altitude-side-awning-kit\"\u003eside awning\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-altitude-roof-cross-bar-kit\"\u003eroof crossbars\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-altitude-tent-ladder-extension\"\u003eladder extension\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-altitude-120w-solar-panel-kit-altitude\"\u003esolar kit\u003c\/a\u003e are optional accessories, chosen to suit how you travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMake it work with your vehicle\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Altitude weighs 106 kg dry, so the roof and mounting arrangement need to be considered before ordering. The travelling load includes the tent, rack or mounts and anything carried on top; occupied use needs the appropriate static capacity too. Measure the finished vehicle height for your garage and usual parking spots. Tell us your vehicle and existing roof setup and we can help work through the mounting and accessory choices.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAward-winning design\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Altitude won the Roof Tents over £2,000 category at the Caravan and Motorhome Club’s 2025 Lightweight Leisure Awards. It brings the powered setup, usable living space and integrated comforts together in a tent designed to earn its place on a well-equipped touring vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct code\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCTR802500; ARB model 802500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOccupancy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo adults\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOperation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 V electric scissor lift with SmartFold canvas hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMattress\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1370 × 1870 × 70 mm; dual-density foam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal headroom\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClosed dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2253 × 1612 × 372 mm (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2253 × 1612 × 1339 mm (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e106 kg dry; 107 kg tent-and-ladder installation allowance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFibreglass shell, aluminium frame and 17 mm honeycomb base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTent fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380 GSM polycotton canvas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEntry\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBoth sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLadder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolding handrails; 360 × 175 mm treads; internal storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLadder load rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e102 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard ladder height range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1735-2110 mm vehicle height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoof-rail load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 kg including mounting hardware; lift operates with this load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectrical connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 V through an Anderson connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLighting and ventilation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimmable white\/amber interior LEDs, ladder lighting and reversible variable-speed fan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB and USB-C sockets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree-year ARB warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU \/ part number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCTR802500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose the Altitude over a simpler rooftop tent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe would choose it for regular touring where the ease of each overnight stop matters. Powered opening and closing, a full-height sleeping space, bedding storage and the handrail ladder are the main reasons to spend more. A lighter manual tent may suit you better if keeping roof weight and cost down comes first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I leave my duvet and pillows inside?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Lay bedding flat and clear of the mattress edges, and use the recessed roof nets for pillows. A particularly thick duvet or added mattress topper may need to be removed if it stops the shell closing correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs everything automatic?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe roof raises and lowers electrically, and the SmartFold hinges guide the canvas. You still set out and stow the ladder, release and secure the latches, arrange bedding and check the fabric as it closes. The automation takes care of the lifting and folding mechanism; you remain in control of packing up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill two tall adults have enough room?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe mattress is 1870 mm long and 1370 mm wide. Compare those measurements with the bed space you find comfortable at home, especially if either of you is tall. The 1180 mm headroom makes sitting up easier, but it does not add sleeping length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I charge my phone and run the fan overnight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, with a suitable 12 V supply connected. USB charging, the fan and lighting run from that supply, so the available battery capacity and what you use determine runtime. Interior power switches off when you begin lowering the tent; that does not remove the need to manage your battery while camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat happens if the electric lift loses power?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA manual emergency release is built in. The procedure requires the upper shell to be supported and appropriate assistance, so familiarise yourself with the instructions before travelling. Inside the open tent, the actuator-disable switch prevents someone operating the external lift controls while you are in bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it cope with rain and condensation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe heavy polycotton canvas, closable panels and shell drains are designed for camping in changing weather. Keep ventilation open as conditions allow and use the fan to move air; condensation can still occur. Season the canvas with three complete wet-and-dry cycles before your first trip. After packing away wet, reopen it to dry fully as soon as possible. Do not use the tent in strong winds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to remove equipment from the roof before opening?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, provided the equipment is properly secured to suitable mounts and the total roof-rail load, including mounting hardware, stays within 20 kg. Vehicle, rack and accessory limits still apply. The optional crossbars give you further mounting choices.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the vehicle for day trips once camp is set up?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, after closing and securing the tent and stowing the ladder. A roof tent travels with the vehicle, so it has to be packed away before you drive. The powered mechanism and bedding storage are particularly useful when you plan to head out each morning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat needs to be arranged before fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA suitable mounting arrangement and 12 V power connection are essential. Check the complete roof load and vehicle height, and whether your installation needs the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-altitude-tent-ladder-extension\"\u003eoptional ladder extension\u003c\/a\u003e. The included 3 m lead connects to a suitable vehicle-side Anderson socket or a correctly installed hardwired supply. A battery, roof rack and the optional camping accessories are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51685498388822,"sku":"XCTR802500","price":5384.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/01.webp?v=1761605136"},{"product_id":"arb-esperance-2-rooftop-tent-hard-shell","title":"ARB Esperance 2.0 Hardshell Rooftop Tent - 802200V2","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMore time enjoying camp, less time getting your bed ready\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Esperance 2.0 brings your sleeping space, mattress and ladder together in a compact rooftop package. Fold it out, settle into the foam mattress and enjoy a view through the moonroof. It is a practical way to make spontaneous nights away feel more comfortable, with useful lighting and storage already built into the tent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCTR802200V2\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKeep your sleeping area comfortable and tidy\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe egg-crate foam mattress has a soft quilted cover that can be removed for washing. Internal pockets give phones, keys and other small essentials somewhere to live, while shoe and cargo pockets help keep the sleeping area clearer. The ladder stores inside the closed tent and uses angled steps for more comfortable climbing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEnjoy the view when the weather changes\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe moonroof has a corresponding clear panel in the rain fly, so fitting weather protection does not mean losing the view above you. Zip-on transparent windows let you close openings against the weather, and can be removed when airflow matters more. High-level ventilation windows help release humid air rather than trapping it inside.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLight for getting ready for bed\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIntegrated 12 V electrics put the controls within reach inside the shell. Interior lighting is useful for getting ready for bed; the exterior LEDs illuminate the entrance and the space around the optional annex. A suitable external power supply is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePacking down for the drive\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ABS hardshell closes to 1520 x 1200 x 330 mm and the tent weighs 58 kg dry. Include the mounting system and any stored equipment when checking the vehicle roof allowance. ARB rates the open tent for a maximum 300 kg load, but the roof and rack can impose a lower limit. The operating guide specifies a maximum driving speed of 110 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat comes with the tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tent includes the mattress, telescopic ladder, rain fly, transparent window panels, storage pockets, mounting kit and hardware, plus guy ropes and pegs. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-esperance-2-rooftop-tent-annex-room\"\u003eEsperance 2.0 annex room\u003c\/a\u003e is a separate option for sheltered changing or extra covered space below.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLooking after your tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse level ground and set the ladder correctly so it supports the folding base as instructed. Close and secure the shell before travelling. If you pack it away wet, open it again as soon as practical and let the tent and mattress dry fully before storage; the ventilation features help manage moisture but cannot eliminate condensation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEsperance 2.0 \/ 802200V2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eShell\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS hardshell\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDry weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e58 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eClosed dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1520 x 1200 x 330 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMattress\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConvoluted foam with removable washable quilted cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eElectrical system\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 V; external power required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOpen-tent load limit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 kg maximum; lower roof\/rack limits apply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaximum driving speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMattress cover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable, washable and quilted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLighting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated interior and exterior LEDs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal pockets, shoe and cargo pockets; ladder stores inside the closed tent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWeather equipment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRain fly and removable transparent window panels included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded equipment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMattress, telescopic ladder, rain fly, transparent panels, storage pockets, mounting kit and hardware, guy ropes and pegs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSeparate accessory\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEsperance 2.0 annex room\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCTR802200V2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs an annex included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The matching Esperance 2.0 annex room is available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the moonroof with the rain fly on?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The clear panel in the fly lets you use the moonroof without removing the fly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much weight does it add to the roof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tent weighs 58 kg dry. Add the rack or bars, mounts and any stored equipment when checking the driving roof load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the mattress cover washable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is removable for washing, making it easier to freshen the bed after a trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I drive at normal motorway speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tent instructions set a maximum of 110 km\/h, approximately 68 mph. Follow the lower of that limit and the applicable road or vehicle limit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51710856757590,"sku":"XCTR802200V2","price":2363.76,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/esperance_1.webp?v=1761814006"},{"product_id":"arb-esperance-2-decal","title":"ARB Esperance 2.0 Replacement Decal - 815429","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep your Esperance looking the way it should\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA damaged exterior decal can make an otherwise serviceable tent look tired. ARB 815429 is the replacement decal for the Esperance 2.0, letting you refresh the matching marking on the tent shell.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCCS815429\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eReplace the matching exterior decal\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose it for the Esperance 2.0 application and match the original decal position and design. It is a small replacement that helps you keep the exterior presentation tidy without changing the tent itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePrepare the surface before fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eClean and dry the intended surface and follow the replacement decal instructions for preparation and application. Avoid applying it over trapped dirt or damaged material that needs attention first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCCS815429\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e815429\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTent application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Esperance 2.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplacement exterior decal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this for the original Esperance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis decal is listed for Esperance 2.0. Match the tent version and original marking before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it repair the tent shell?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt replaces the exterior marking. Any shell damage needs its own assessment and repair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I do before applying it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePrepare a clean, dry surface and follow the decal instructions for application.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51712907379030,"sku":"XCCS815429","price":76.7,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/decal_1.webp?v=1761819830"},{"product_id":"arb-esperance-2-colour-coded-painting","title":"ARB Esperance 2 Rooftop Tent Shell Colour-Coding Service","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your Esperance 2 the finish that suits your vehicle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA rooftop tent can be practical and still look like it belongs on your vehicle. Our colour-coding service lets you match the ARB Esperance 2 outer shell to your vehicle's paint colour, creating a more coordinated finish than the standard dark-grey shell.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCCSPAINTESPV2\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA personal finishing touch\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you have put thought into the wheels, bodywork and other accessories, the tent shell is a large visible part of the finished vehicle. Colour coding brings it into the same colour scheme, whether you prefer a discreet match or a deliberate contrast.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Esperance 2 shell is suitable for painting, and the service is specifically for that model. Your supplied vehicle paint code identifies the colour to use; colour names alone can cover several different paint formulations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat the service covers\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is painting of the Esperance 2 exterior shell. The tent itself is purchased separately: see the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-esperance-2-rooftop-tent-hard-shell\"\u003eARB Esperance 2 rooftop tent\u003c\/a\u003e if you are ordering a new tent with the service. The fabric, mattress and tent accessories remain separate from the shell finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProvide the vehicle paint code with the order so we can arrange the intended colour. For an existing tent or a different finish request, speak to us before arranging the work so we can agree exactly what you want painted.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEnjoy the same tent with a finish you chose\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eColour coding is about appearance; it does not change the Esperance 2's sleeping space or turn it into a different tent model. You still choose the tent and its mounting arrangement for your vehicle and travel needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLook after the painted shell as you would other painted exterior surfaces, following the finish-specific care advice given with the work. Avoid abrasive cleaning and protect the finish from loose straps or equipment rubbing against it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eService\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEsperance 2 outer-shell colour coding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCompatible tent\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Esperance 2 \/ 802200V2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStandard shell colour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDark grey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eColour selection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle paint code supplied by customer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWork area\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExterior hard shell\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTent included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeparate purchase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eEffect on tent specification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAppearance customisation; no change to sleeping dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the tent included in this price?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the shell-painting service. Order the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-esperance-2-rooftop-tent-hard-shell\"\u003eEsperance 2 tent\u003c\/a\u003e separately if you need both.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colour information do you need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour vehicle paint code identifies the intended colour. Give us the code when ordering, rather than relying only on a colour name.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it cover the fabric or annex?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The service is for the exterior hard shell of the Esperance 2.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it change the size or features of the tent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Colour coding changes the appearance of the shell, while the tent retains its original model and layout.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51713557889366,"sku":"XCCSPAINTESPV2","price":356.32,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/rooftentcolourswatches.png?v=1761814617"},{"product_id":"arb-esperance-2-rooftop-tent-annex-room","title":"ARB Esperance 2 Annex Room - 804200V2","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive yourself somewhere private to get changed at camp\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour rooftop tent looks after the sleeping space; the Esperance 2 annex gives you another room for the rest of camp life. Use it to get changed out of wet clothes, keep your personal space screened from neighbouring pitches or shelter while you sort your gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCCS804200V2\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMore useful space around your tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe annex extends the Esperance 2 setup with a room approximately 2.3 x 2.6m and up to 2m high. That is useful space for changing, organising equipment or creating a sheltered area beside the tent. The installed height depends on the height of the tent mounting arrangement, so allow for that when planning your campsite.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is matched to the Esperance 2 rooftop tent, part 802200V2. See the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-esperance-2-rooftop-tent-hard-shell\"\u003ematching Esperance 2 tent\u003c\/a\u003e if you are choosing both together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMade to match the Esperance 2\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe grey-and-black colour scheme complements the tent, and the 200GSM poly-cotton fabric has a fire-retardant treatment. That treatment is a fabric characteristic, rather than permission to use flame or cooking equipment inside the annex. Keep cooking and heating appliances outside the enclosed fabric space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe annex is a separate accessory, so you can add the extra room when you want it and use the rooftop tent on its own for shorter stops.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMake it work for your campsite\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePosition the vehicle so there is room to set out and secure the annex on suitable ground. Think about access to the ladder and doors, where your chairs or kitchen will sit and whether the entrance gives you the privacy you want.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAfter use, remove dirt and dry the fabric before long-term storage. Packing it away dry helps keep the room fresh for the next trip, especially after wet weather or a damp campsite.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e804200V2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCompatible tent\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEsperance 2 \/ 802200V2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRoom size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 2.3 x 2.6m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to approximately 2m; installation dependent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFabric\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200GSM poly-cotton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFabric treatment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFire retardant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey and black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTent supplied\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeparate purchase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMain use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrivate changing and sheltered camp space\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich rooftop tent does it fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 804200V2 annex is matched to the Esperance 2 \/ 802200V2. It is not a general annex for every ARB tent model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the rooftop tent included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-esperance-2-rooftop-tent-hard-shell\"\u003eEsperance 2 tent\u003c\/a\u003e is separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much extra room does it provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe room is approximately 2.3 x 2.6m, with a height of up to about 2m depending on the tent installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I cook inside it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep flame and cooking appliances outside. Fire-retardant fabric does not make an enclosed tent space safe for cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I pack it wet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you have to pack during rain, open it again and dry it fully as soon as practical. Dry it before long-term storage.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51713681555798,"sku":"XCCS804200V2","price":345.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/annex_1.webp?v=1761821343"},{"product_id":"arb-altitude-side-awning-kit","title":"ARB Altitude Rooftop Tent Side Awning Kit - 804510","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA little cover makes a wet morning at camp more comfortable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePutting your shoes on or climbing down the ladder is more pleasant with some cover above the tent entrance. The 804510 side awning adds that shelter to your ARB Altitude, and helps you keep airflow through the tent windows when it is raining.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCCS804510\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eShelter where you enter the tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe awning extends the cover around the entry area, useful when you are using the ladder or pausing to put footwear on. It gives the windows extra protection from rain so you have more flexibility to ventilate the tent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a compact tent-side accessory for the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-altitude-rooftop-tent\"\u003eARB Altitude rooftop tent\u003c\/a\u003e, rather than a full ground-level living room. Use it within the tent and accessory instructions for the conditions at camp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMount it once, attach it when needed\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo brackets and reels fit to the base shell, with rods supporting the awning. Once that mounting arrangement is installed, the awning is easy to attach and detach.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore closing the tent, remove the window rods as instructed. The awning can then be packed with the tent. A dedicated carry bag is also included for storing it separately between trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdd only the accessories you need\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf the tent is mounted above the standard ladder-height range, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-altitude-tent-ladder-extension\"\u003eAltitude ladder extension\u003c\/a\u003e is another relevant accessory. Choose it by the roof-rack mounting height: the extension covers the listed range up to 2460mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLet the awning dry before longer storage and inspect its rods and attachment points after use, ready for the next trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCCS804510\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e804510\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eApplication\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Altitude rooftop tent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTent side awning kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePurpose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional entrance\/ladder cover and rain-protected ventilation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo brackets and reels on tent base shell\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAwning support rods\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide awning, two mounting brackets, reels, rods and dedicated carry bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eClosing condition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemove window rods before closing tent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCan pack with tent after rod removal, or separately in supplied bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it stay with the tent when I pack away?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, after removing the window rods as instructed. The supplied bag also lets you store it separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it help with ventilation in the rain?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt adds cover around the windows, helping you keep airflow while providing extra rain shelter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit an Esperance or Simpson tent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis kit is for the Altitude. Compatibility with those other tent models is not established.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the carry bag included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The kit includes a dedicated bag for separate storage or carrying in the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51713736048982,"sku":"XCCS804510","price":172.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/awning_1.webp?v=1761821804"},{"product_id":"arb-altitude-tent-power-harness","title":"ARB Altitude Tent Battery Power Harness to 50A Anderson - T05015","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your Altitude a properly fitted power connection\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Altitude tent is most convenient when its power connection is ready to use at camp. The T05015 harness provides the front-battery-to-50A-Anderson connection listed for the ARB Altitude, allowing the electrical feed to be routed through the vehicle as part of a tidy installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCCST05015\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePlan the power feed when you fit the tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRun the harness in a protected position, with the correct battery connection, circuit protection and strain relief. Keeping the connection accessible makes arrival at camp simpler, while secure cable routing helps protect it from moving parts, heat and abrasion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 50A description identifies the Anderson connector size. It is not a statement that the tent continually draws 50A or that the harness charges a battery at 50A.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose it for the Altitude application\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the T05015 harness listed for the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-altitude-rooftop-tent\"\u003eARB Altitude electric rooftop tent\u003c\/a\u003e. Fit it as directed for the tent and vehicle power arrangement. The tent itself and any additional charging or battery equipment are separate choices.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA competent electrical installation is worthwhile, particularly where the cable runs from the front battery to a rear or roof-mounted connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCCST05015\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT05015\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eApplication\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Altitude electric rooftop tent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront-battery power harness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDestination connection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50A Anderson connector type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCurrent meaning\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConnector size; not a continuous tent-current or charge-rate claim\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtected cable routing and correct circuit protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePurchase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower harness; tent and additional battery equipment separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes 50A mean the tent draws 50 amps?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It identifies the Anderson connector type, not the tent's continuous power draw.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this the rooftop tent itself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis product is the T05015 power harness for the Altitude application. The tent is separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be installed from the front battery?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat is the application described for this harness. Use the correct protected wiring arrangement for your vehicle and tent.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51713741816150,"sku":"XCCST05015","price":204.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"arb-altitude-tent-external-organiser","title":"ARB Altitude External Tent Organiser - 804560","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLeave your shoes outside and keep the sleeping area clean\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMuddy shoes are easier to deal with when they do not come into the tent with you. The ARB Altitude External Organiser gives shoes and small camping items a covered place beside the doorway, helping you keep the sleeping area clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCCS804560\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eReach it as you enter or leave\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe organiser hooks over the Altitude base shell for access beside either side door. Two internal shelves provide room for two pairs of shoes or suitable small items, so you can keep the things you use at the doorway together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCanvas protection beside the tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 380GSM canvas helps protect contents from the elements while they are stored outside. Position the organiser correctly and follow the tent instructions for external accessories and packing away.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose it for your Altitude\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is an accessory for the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-altitude-rooftop-tent\"\u003eARB Altitude rooftop tent\u003c\/a\u003e, with a mounting arrangement matched to that base shell. Other tent models have their own storage and accessory fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCCS804560\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e804560\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTent\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Altitude\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380GSM canvas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eShelves\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eExample capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo pairs of shoes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAttachment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHooks over the Altitude base shell\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAccess\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePositioned beside either side doorway\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I reach it from the tent doorway?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIts mounting position is intended to give easy access when entering or leaving through either side door.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many shoes can it store?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe two-shelf arrangement accommodates two pairs of shoes or suitable small camping items.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit an Esperance tent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis organiser is designed for the Altitude base-shell arrangement. Choose accessories matched to the particular tent model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it stay fitted when packing the tent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFollow the Altitude packing instructions and remove or stow external accessories as directed before operating or closing the tent.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51713782710614,"sku":"XCCS804560","price":73.54,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/shoes.webp?v=1761822122"},{"product_id":"arb-altitude-roof-cross-bar-kit","title":"ARB Altitude Thule Roof Cross Bar Kit - 804530","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCarry your lighter gear on top of your Altitude\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRecovery boards, skis or fishing rods do not need to compete with everything else inside your vehicle. This Altitude-specific Thule cross bar kit gives suitable light equipment a mounting place above the tent, using the integrated roof rails.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCCS804530\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUse the space above the tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bars span the Altitude roof and clamp around its integrated rails. They give compatible accessory mounts a place to sit, helping keep long or awkward light items out of the cabin. Choose the correct holders for your equipment and secure each item properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA kit made for the Altitude rails\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the ARB 804530 Thule cross bar arrangement for the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-altitude-rooftop-tent\"\u003eAltitude rooftop tent\u003c\/a\u003e. The foot clamps attach to the tent's integrated rails. Match any T-slot accessories to the bar profile and fixing requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCarry light equipment and still enjoy easy setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe roof bars have a maximum payload of 20 kg, evenly distributed. Suitable light equipment can stay securely mounted while the Altitude opens and closes, provided it stays clear of the mechanism and moving fabric. That means less to unload when you arrive. Use matching holders and restraints, and keep the complete tent installation within your vehicle and roof mounting limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCCS804530\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer kit reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB 804530\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCross bar manufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThule\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Altitude rooftop tent integrated roof rails\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eKit arrangement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo bars and matching foot pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClamps around integrated tent rails\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAccessory attachment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible bar-profile\/T-slot mounts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaximum Altitude roof load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 kg payload, evenly distributed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eEquipment examples\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable recovery boards, skis and fishing rods\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTent\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeparate product\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich tent does it fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is the Altitude-specific 804530 kit for the tent's integrated roof rails. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-altitude-rooftop-tent\"\u003eAltitude tent\u003c\/a\u003e is a separate product.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat can I carry?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable lighter equipment such as recovery boards, skis or fishing rods, using the right accessory holders and restraints. Keep the complete fitted load within the 20 kg roof allowance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much can I carry on top?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe roof bars have a 20 kg payload limit, with the load evenly distributed and properly secured. Use suitable holders for your equipment and respect the vehicle and tent mounting limits as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I fit accessories to the bars?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose mounts that match the Thule bar profile and their fixing instructions. A shared T-slot description alone does not establish that every accessory fits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I open the tent with equipment on the bars?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Altitude is designed to operate with a suitable load on top within its 20 kg limit. Secure it evenly and check that the equipment and mounts stay clear of the opening mechanism and fabric throughout the movement.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51713794572630,"sku":"XCCS804530","price":473.09,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/cross_bar_1.webp?v=1761822265"},{"product_id":"arb-simpson-iii-rooftop-tent-annex","title":"ARB Simpson III Rooftop Tent with Annex | 803103","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA comfortable place to sleep, with more room to enjoy camp\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePark up, open the tent and make yourself at home. The ARB Simpson III gives two people an elevated sleeping area, with an included mattress, ladder and annex to make camp more comfortable from the first trip. The annex adds useful sheltered space below, while the tent keeps your bed above the ground and leaves the vehicle interior available for your equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCT803103\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA bed waiting above your vehicle\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tent unfolds into a 1400 x 2400 mm sleeping area with 1300 mm of open height. That gives two people a defined place to sleep without using the seats or rebuilding a bed inside the vehicle each night. Bedding can stay in the folded tent where there is enough space to close it properly; bulky pillows may need to travel separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMore space for the rest of camp\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe included annex is useful for getting changed, keeping boots and equipment out of the sleeping area, or creating a more private space beside the vehicle. It packs into its own storage bag. Choose where the tent opens so the ladder and annex suit the way you want to use the campsite and access the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFresh air without inviting the insects in\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRipstop polycotton tent fabric, a separate flysheet and insect screens help you enjoy the surroundings while keeping the sleeping area enclosed. Open the screened panels for airflow and a view, or close the outer fabric for more privacy. Ventilation also helps manage the moisture that people bring into an enclosed sleeping space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSmall details you appreciate every day\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo elevated shoe pockets keep footwear close without putting muddy soles on the mattress. Internal storage gives keys and other small items a proper place, while the laminated travel cover protects the packed tent between campsites. The ladder acts as the opening lever, and internal bungees help draw the fabric in when you fold the tent away.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the opening direction before fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSide opening and rear opening give you different campsite layouts. Rear opening can interfere with a high-rising tailgate, and ARB's fitting guide requires trimming the mounting extrusions for that orientation. A side-opening installation can leave rear access clearer. The mounting arrangement, ladder reach and annex height must suit the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse a roof and rack system rated for the complete travelling load, including the tent, mounting parts and any equipment above it. Occupied camping loads also need to be within the support system's limits. The ladder must be positioned correctly to support the opened tent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLooking after the tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eLet the fabric and annex dry before longer-term storage. If you have to pack them wet to leave a campsite, reopen them to dry as soon as practical. Clear loose grit from the mattress area and inspect the cover, ladder and fixings regularly so the tent is ready for the next weekend away.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSimpson III rooftop tent and annex\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e803103\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCT803103\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSleeping capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 people\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOpen tent dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400 W x 2400 L x 1300 H mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFolded floor dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400 x 1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTent body\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRipstop polycotton with insect screens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWeather cover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeparate flysheet; laminated travel cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded camping equipment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMattress, ladder, annex, annex storage bag; elevated shoe pockets and internal storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLadder rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 kg; ladder-user rating, not an occupied-tent load rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatched roof\/rack support; opening direction and ladder reach selected for the vehicle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the annex included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Simpson III package includes the annex and its storage bag, giving you a separate space for changing and keeping equipment below the tent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I leave bedding inside when packing away?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBedding can stay where it fits without forcing the tent closed. Bulky pillows may need removing so the fabric and travel cover close properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould it open over the side or the rear?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose around access to the vehicle and the space you want at camp. Rear opening can restrict a rising tailgate and requires the mounting-rail preparation described in the fitting guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a mattress and ladder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Both are supplied, so the main sleeping and access equipment is part of the package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat if I have to pack the tent away wet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReopen the tent and annex to dry as soon as practical. Dry storage helps prevent moisture remaining in the folded fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51714142863702,"sku":"XCT803103","price":1334.21,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xct803103_1.webp?v=1761823816"},{"product_id":"arb-flinders-rooftop-tent","title":"ARB Flinders Rooftop Tent for Two with Ladder and Light - 803300","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA comfortable night at camp, without a bulky tent on the drive\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePull up somewhere you want to stay, unfold the Flinders and settle into a proper bed above the ground. This two-person ARB rooftop tent combines a 50 mm mattress, useful ventilation and built-in lighting with a low packed profile, making it an appealing choice for weekends away and longer touring trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCTR803300\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLess work when you arrive and when you leave\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe zipped cover stays attached while you open the tent with the ladder. Internal poles fan into place and extendable poles support the openings, so you can spend more time enjoying camp. Two internal bungee lines help draw the fabric in when folding it away.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA comfortable bed with room to relax\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe sleeping area measures 2400 x 1400 mm, with 1200 mm centre headroom. The included 50 mm high-density foam mattress gives you a comfortable place to turn in from the first trip. Compact bedding can stay inside when packed; remove bulky items such as pillows if they prevent a clean fold.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFresh air and a view from your bed\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree surrounding windows, the entrance and a skylight bring light and airflow into the tent. Midge-proof mesh helps keep insects outside, while window and entrance awnings offer shelter. The integrated vent helps manage moisture, particularly when you keep ventilation open overnight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUseful details once the sun goes down\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn LED touch lamp saves you searching for a torch, and two USB charging points keep compatible devices close to the bed when connected to a 12 V supply. Four storage pockets and shoe pockets give small items a sensible home. The light kit includes a 5 m extension cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA lower profile for the journey\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe packed tent is 1400 x 1200 mm and 200 mm high without the ladder attached, or 300 mm with it. That lower profile helps reduce drag and overall vehicle height. The ladder, light kit and mounting hardware are included; fit to a suitable rated roof system and include the tent and mounting equipment in your vehicle roof calculation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCTR803300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e803300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 people\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSleeping area\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400 L x 1400 W mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCentre headroom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePacked footprint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400 x 1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePacked height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm without ladder; 300 mm with ladder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eNet tent weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMattress\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm high-density foam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBody fabric\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePU-coated polycotton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm anodised aluminium poles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOpenings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree surrounding windows, entrance and skylight; midge-proof mesh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVentilation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated vent and opening mesh panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLighting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLED touch lamp; vehicle 12 V supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eUSB charging\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 ports; 5 V \/ 1 A and 5 V \/ 2.1 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour internal pockets and shoe pockets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTent, mattress, ladder, light kit, 5 m extension cable and mounting kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLadder packaging\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplied in a separate carton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstruction speed limit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 km\/h maximum; follow any lower vehicle\/rack limits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStatic tent capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 kg; vehicle and mounting-system limits also apply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Flinders includes the mattress, ladder, internal light kit, 5 m lighting extension cable and mounting hardware. The ladder comes in a separate carton, so keep both cartons together when preparing for fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I leave bedding inside?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompact bedding can stay inside, saving time at camp. The low packed height limits how much will fit; remove pillows or bulky bedding if they prevent the tent closing properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much room is there for two people?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bed area is 2400 x 1400 mm, with 1200 mm centre headroom. That gives two people a useful sleeping space, with room to sit up near the centre.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the light work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe LED touch lamp and two USB points connect to your vehicle's 12 V supply. The included extension cable helps reach a suitable power connection. The USB ports have different current ratings: 1 A and 2.1 A.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat roof rack do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse a compatible rack or roof-bar system rated for the complete installation. Check driving and parked loads separately, including the tent, mounts, people and equipment. The fitting guide identifies specific BASE Rack tent brackets for that mounting arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I care for the tent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eVentilate it during use and let the fabric dry thoroughly before long-term storage. Check mountings, the ladder and fabric regularly, and follow the fitting guide, including its 110 km\/h maximum travel speed.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51714174878038,"sku":"XCTR803300","price":799.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xctr803300_1.webp?v=1761824187"},{"product_id":"arb-zero-dual-zone-bluetooth-fridge-freezer-69l","title":"ARB ZERO 69L Dual-Zone Fridge Freezer - 10802693","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep your drinks cold and your favourite meals ready for the trip\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ARB ZERO 69L lets you carry chilled food and frozen meals in the same unit, with separate temperature control for its two compartments. It gives you more freedom over what you eat on a trip, without working around melting ice or needing a second fridge for the freezer items.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCF6910802693K\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePack for the meals you want\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse one zone for chilled food and drinks and the other for frozen supplies. Removable baskets help organise the contents and make room for taller items. You can prepare meals before you leave and keep everyday snacks accessible along the way, rather than relying on whatever happens to be available at the next stop.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 69-litre capacity can hold up to 87 standard 375 ml cans, giving you a useful sense of its size. How much you can pack depends on the food, containers and way you divide the two compartments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePower it at home and on the road\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ZERO runs from 12\/24 V DC or 100-240 V AC. Pre-cool it at home, then use an appropriate vehicle or auxiliary power supply for the journey. Front and rear DC sockets give you more flexibility in cable routing; the AC inlet is at the front. A battery or portable power pack is separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eControl the temperature without unpacking\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the front control panel or a compatible Bluetooth device to manage the temperature. Boost mode helps with initial cooling, while a quick-release lid arrangement allows you to change the opening side to suit the vehicle layout. The USB outlet provides a convenient connection for charging a small device.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eReach your fridge from the tailgate\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fridge measures 755 x 469 x 564 mm and weighs 31 kg empty. Allow space for ventilation, the lid opening and cable access as well as the case itself. Our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-zero-fridge-slide-for-60l-69l-73l\"\u003eZERO 60L, 69L and 73L fridge slide\u003c\/a\u003e can bring it out of the load area, and the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-fridge-zero-tie-down-kit-xcfa10900046\"\u003eZERO tie-down kit\u003c\/a\u003e secures it to the appropriate ZERO slide. Both are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProtect it between trips\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe steel casing and corner protection suit a fridge that travels with the rest of your equipment. A \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-fridge-zero-transit-bag-xcfa3610900055ps?variant=53999071363414\"\u003e69L ZERO transit bag\u003c\/a\u003e adds a fitted protective cover without blocking the controls. Clean spills promptly, keep the vents clear and dry the interior before longer storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e69 litres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCompartments\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo independently controlled temperature zones\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCooling range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-22 C to +10 C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e755 x 469 x 564 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eEmpty weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePower supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\/24 V DC or 100-240 V AC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eControls\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront panel and compatible Bluetooth device\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10802693\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCasing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel with full-height protective corner mouldings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInternal storage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable baskets for organising contents and accommodating taller items\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCooling controls\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront panel, compatible Bluetooth device and Boost mode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDC connections\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront and rear DC sockets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAC connection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront AC inlet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLid arrangement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick-release arrangement allows the opening side to be changed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eUSB outlet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutlet for charging a small device\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer warranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCan-capacity reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87 x 375 ml cans; actual packing depends on contents\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCF6910802693K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be a fridge and freezer at the same time?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The two zones have independent temperature control, so one can chill while the other freezes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a battery?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It needs an external AC or DC power supply. Choose an appropriate auxiliary battery or power pack for use when the vehicle is parked.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long will it run on my battery?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat depends on usable battery capacity, temperature settings, ambient heat, ventilation and how often the lids are opened. Size the power system for your trip rather than relying on one fixed runtime.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the 69L fit the smaller ZERO slide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the slide specified for ZERO 60L, 69L and 73L models, linked above. The smaller-model slide is a different product.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it at home?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Its 100-240 V AC input makes home pre-cooling and powered-campsite use straightforward.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51792551772502,"sku":"XCF6910802693K","price":1531.82,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/variant-69L.webp?v=1762892420"},{"product_id":"arb-pinnacle-camp-chair","title":"ARB Pinnacle Camping Chair - 10500161","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSit down and enjoy being at camp\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnce the driving, pitching and unpacking are done, a comfortable chair is one of the best things to have with you. The ARB Pinnacle combines padding throughout with wide armrests, so you can settle in over a meal, a drink or a quiet evening outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCT10500161\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eComfort for more than a quick stop\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 600D polyester seat has internal padding and contrasting 420D ripstop panels. A sturdy steel frame supports the chair, with a 150kg weight rating and broad armrests that make it more inviting for a longer sit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKeep the small things beside you\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe side panel includes a cup holder and storage pockets, while a rear mesh pocket gives you another place for loose items. It helps keep the things you use most within reach instead of balanced on the ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFold it away without the struggle\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA rear quick-release bracket makes folding straightforward. The spacious 600D carry bag has webbing straps and a padded shoulder section to help carry the 8.8kg chair. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-base-camp-chair\"\u003eBase Camp chair\u003c\/a\u003e is a lighter 6.3kg alternative with a different armrest and storage arrangement. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-pinnacle-camp-table\"\u003ePinnacle table\u003c\/a\u003e provides a matching camp-table option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCT10500161\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10500161\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSeat material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600D polyester with internal padding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eContrasting panels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e420D ripstop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eArmrests\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide cup holder and pockets; rear mesh pocket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWeight rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePacked weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.8kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFold mechanism\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear quick-release bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded bag\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600D polyester with webbing straps and padded shoulder section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack steel frame with charcoal brackets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the seat padded?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Pinnacle has padding throughout the seat fabric, with wide armrests for a comfortable place to sit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a carry bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The 600D polyester bag has webbing straps and a padded shoulder section.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does it weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe packed chair weighs 8.8kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the Base Camp chair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Pinnacle has wide armrests and a side panel with a cup holder and pockets. The Base Camp has padded armrests and a swivel cup holder, and weighs 6.3kg rather than 8.8kg.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51922614354262,"sku":"XCT10500161","price":105.19,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Pinnacle2.png?v=1763754853"},{"product_id":"arb-skydome-single-swag-tent-3","title":"ARB SkyDome 3 Single Swag - SSDS103","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA comfortable place to turn in after a day outdoors\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe SkyDome 3 gives you more than a canvas cover to sleep under. Its generous head-to-hip space, thick mattress and improved ventilation help you settle in properly, while the single-person size keeps it a practical choice for solo trips. Roll it out, get comfortable and enjoy the evening at camp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCTSSDS103\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eComfort is already included\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 75mm high-density convoluted foam mattress gives you a cushioned sleeping surface from the first trip. Its cover is removable and machine washable, making it easier to freshen up after longer journeys. The shape provides room around your head and hips, with a tapered section over your legs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe integrated entry mat gives you somewhere to step as you get in. Boot storage helps keep footwear out of the sleeping area, and internal pockets, a wide-brim hat holder and lighting hooks keep the small things within reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFresh air without inviting insects in\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA full-width foot window and front moonroof give you ways to open up the swag for ventilation and a view outside. Mesh panels keep insects out when those openings are in use. Oversized YKK zips are protected by rain gutters, and magnetic door closures make getting in and out easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe internal light connects to a separate power bank via USB-A, useful when you want to read or find something after dark.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeavy-duty canvas and a practical base\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 14.75oz canvas has water- and rot-resistant treatment. Beneath it, the 970gsm seam-welded base has 70mm tub sides to help keep ground moisture out. Reinforced, overlapping pole joints and nickel-plated brass eyelets support repeated use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt stands without pegs or guy ropes in mild conditions, but use the supplied pegs and reflective guy ropes when conditions call for securing it. Separate poles are needed to hold the entry awning upright. Integrated pole storage helps you pack the important pieces together, and the rubber-grip handle makes the rolled swag easier to carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSSDS103\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSkyDome 3 Single\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSleeping format\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-person ground swag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMattress\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75mm high-density convoluted foam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMattress cover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable and machine washable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCanvas\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14.75oz; water- and rot-resistant treatment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e970gsm seam-welded floor; 70mm tub sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVentilation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull-width foot window, front moonroof and mesh panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInternal lighting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB-A connection; power bank separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eClosures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYKK zips with rain gutters; magnetic door closures\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded features\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMattress, entry mat, boot\/pole storage, pegs and reflective guy ropes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eEntry-awning upright poles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOptional, separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the mattress included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A 75mm foam mattress is included, with a removable machine-washable cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to peg it down?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn mild conditions the swag can stand without pegs or guy ropes. Secure it with the included pegs and ropes when wind or conditions require it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is the light powered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe internal light connects to a separate power bank through USB-A.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I leave the openings ventilated?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The window and moonroof arrangement lets you adjust ventilation, with insect mesh protecting the openings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I pack it after a wet trip?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLet the canvas and floor dry fully before storing it for any length of time. Clean the base and mattress cover as appropriate, and pack the poles into their integrated storage.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53237843722582,"sku":"XCTSSDS103","price":434.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/XCTSSDS1031.png?v=1776971917"},{"product_id":"arb-simpson-iii-rooftop-tent-spare-cover-xccs815100","title":"ARB Simpson III Rooftop Tent Replacement Cover - XCCS815100","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGet your Simpson III ready for its next trip\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA damaged or worn cover is worth replacing before the next journey. This spare cover is listed for the corresponding ARB Simpson III rooftop tent, helping you look after the packed tent between camps without replacing the tent itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCCS815100\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the cover that matches your tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for SKU XCCS815100. Simpson III spare covers should be selected by the original part identity and tent version, rather than by vehicle fitment or by assuming every ARB tent uses the same cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the packed tent correctly folded and the closure clear of trapped fabric when fitting the cover. Check the condition of the tent and its securing points before travelling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLook after it between trips\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrush off loose dirt and let the cover dry before long-term storage. Check it after a trip for wear where it contacts the packed tent or nearby equipment. Replacing a tired cover is a simple way to keep an otherwise useful tent ready for more weekends away.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCCS815100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplacement rooftop tent cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eListed tent application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCorresponding ARB Simpson III tent version\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatch original spare-cover identity and tent version\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePurchase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpare cover; rooftop tent separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePayment Terms\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor UK customers, the price shown includes VAT, customs charges and supplier shipping costs, so you can order with confidence and avoid unexpected customs bills after purchase. If any customs-related questions or issues arise, Hoonies Adrenaline will handle them for you.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor orders outside the UK, please contact us through the contact form before purchasing so we can prepare a personalised quote.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eShipping and Lead Times\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe aim to keep strong stock availability across the products we sell, but imported, specialist and custom-order items may have a lead time. If you need an estimated delivery window before ordering, please contact us and we will be happy to check this for you.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIf you place an order for an item that is currently out of stock or already on order with a supplier, Hoonies Adrenaline will contact you as soon as possible with an update.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this a complete rooftop tent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is the replacement cover for the corresponding Simpson III tent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit another ARB tent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose by the original cover identity and exact tent version. Compatibility with other ARB tent models is not established for this listing.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53971392332118,"sku":"XCCS815100","price":211.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/placeholder_1__1_cbac1ac3-0f6d-4431-a1cf-2e1704b3c31e.png?v=1779487405"},{"product_id":"arb-esperance-shell-strap-1pc-including-hardware-xccs815424","title":"ARB Esperance Shell Strap with Hardware - 815424","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep your Esperance securely packed for the drive\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA worn or damaged shell strap is worth replacing before the next trip. The ARB 815424 is the matched Esperance spare, supplied as one strap with its hardware, so you can restore the closing strap on the compatible tent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCCS815424\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eReplace the strap that needs attention\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMatch the original strap assembly and fittings, then install the replacement with the shell correctly closed. Check the other closing points at the same time, so the tent is secured for travel in the way its instructions require.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCCS815424\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e815424\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eApplication\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatched ARB Esperance shell strap assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied quantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne strap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eHardware\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePayment Terms\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor UK customers, the price shown includes VAT, customs charges and supplier shipping costs, so you can order with confidence and avoid unexpected customs bills after purchase. If any customs-related questions or issues arise, Hoonies Adrenaline will handle them for you.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor orders outside the UK, please contact us through the contact form before purchasing so we can prepare a personalised quote.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eShipping and Lead Times\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe aim to keep strong stock availability across the products we sell, but imported, specialist and custom-order items may have a lead time. If you need an estimated delivery window before ordering, please contact us and we will be happy to check this for you.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIf you place an order for an item that is currently out of stock or already on order with a supplier, Hoonies Adrenaline will contact you as soon as possible with an update.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this a pair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. One shell strap and its fitting hardware are supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I match before fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe original Esperance strap assembly and its mounting hardware. This spare is selected by its 815424 part reference.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53971392495958,"sku":"XCCS815424","price":51.82,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/esperance_strap.png?v=1779487406"},{"product_id":"arb-intrepid-rooftop-tent","title":"ARB Intrepid Aluminium Hardshell Rooftop Tent","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA rooftop tent you will enjoy spending time in\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA good night at camp is about more than having somewhere to lie down. The ARB Intrepid gives you room to sit up, change clothes and relax when the weather keeps you inside. Its bi-fold roof opens into a spacious sleeping area, then packs down to an 18 cm shell for the drive home.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCTR802610_PS\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRoom to sit up and get changed\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bi-fold roof creates 138 cm of internal headroom, so more of the tent feels usable once you are inside. You can sleep at either end to suit the surroundings, sit up over breakfast or retreat from the rain without spending the evening pressed into the narrow end of a conventional wedge-shaped tent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bi-fold roof provides 36% more internal living space than traditional clamshell tents. You can make use of that room while changing, reading or waiting for the rain to pass, as well as when you turn in for the night.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA comfortable bed at the end of the day\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 50 mm mattress combines a softer upper layer with a firmer supporting layer and insulation beneath. A separate 15 mm condensation mat encourages airflow under the mattress, while the quilted, water-resistant protector adds a softer surface. The mattress and mat are included, so you're ready to camp in comfort from the start.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFresh air, privacy and a view\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree-sided access helps you work around different campsites and vehicle layouts. Mesh and blackout layers let you balance ventilation with privacy, while the clear rear window keeps the view when you close the opening against the weather. Two roof vents help move humid air out, and the stargazing windows have blackout covers for the mornings when you would rather sleep in.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLight and storage within reach\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDimmable white and amber LED lighting lets you read or settle down with a gentler light. Zipped side pockets keep small essentials close by, and dedicated fabric pockets keep open door panels out of your way. The included rear awning gives some shelter at the entrance; the telescopic ladder has wide, angled steps for more comfortable access.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePacking up and travelling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eGas struts assist the roof, and the linked closing arrangement draws the sides inward as you lower it. The honeycomb aluminium shell provides a rigid outer structure without a tall packed profile. Check your complete vehicle height before using garages or height barriers, and dry the fabric thoroughly after a wet pack-up before leaving the tent stored.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tent comes with its mattress, condensation mat, mattress protector, telescopic ladder, rear awning and rods, internal lighting and mounting kit. The lighting needs a USB-A power source; a power bank is separate. Roof storage accessories, the internal organiser and the BASE Rack quick-release clamp kit are optional extras.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMounting your tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse a roof rack or bars approved for a rooftop tent and for your vehicle. The driving load includes the tent, mounts and anything carried inside; parked load limits must also accommodate the people using it. The included mounting hardware does not make every roof or rack suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Intrepid hardshell rooftop tent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRoof design\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBi-fold\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eShell construction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHoneycomb aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eClosed shell height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInternal headroom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1380 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMattress\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm multi-layer mattress plus 15 mm condensation mat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eEntry\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree-sided access\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLighting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimmable white and amber LEDs; external USB-A power source required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMattress protector\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuilted and water-resistant; included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVentilation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMesh and blackout door layers; two controllable roof vents\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRoof windows\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo transparent stargazing windows with blackout covers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBuilt-in storage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo zipped side pockets and dedicated door-panel storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRear awning\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear entrance awning and rods included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLadder\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded aluminium telescopic ladder with wide, angled steps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAccessory mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTriple-row perimeter T-slot channels; optional accessories separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePower supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal USB-A source for the lighting; power bank separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLiving-space comparison\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36% more internal living space than traditional clamshell tents\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCTR802610_PS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the mattress included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The layered mattress, condensation mat and quilted protector are supplied with the tent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I sit up inside it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The bi-fold roof provides 138 cm of internal headroom and opens up more usable living space for sitting, changing or relaxing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it need a battery?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tent opens mechanically. Its LED lights need an external USB-A power supply, such as a suitable power bank, which is separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit any roof rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Your vehicle, rack or bars and mounting arrangement must all be suitable for the tent and the driving and parked loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I reduce condensation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the vents and mesh openings to encourage airflow, and dry the fabric and bedding thoroughly before storage. The included condensation mat also supports airflow beneath the mattress, but condensation can still occur.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I add storage later?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Optional organisers and external accessories let you adapt the tent to your trips. They are separate from the standard equipment listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePayment Terms\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor UK customers, the price shown includes VAT, customs charges and supplier shipping costs, so you can order with confidence and avoid unexpected customs bills after purchase. If any customs-related questions or issues arise, Hoonies Adrenaline will handle them for you.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor orders outside the UK, please contact us through the contact form before purchasing so we can prepare a personalised quote.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eShipping and Lead Times\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe aim to keep strong stock availability across the products we sell, but imported, specialist and custom-order items may have a lead time. If you need an estimated delivery window before ordering, please contact us and we will be happy to check this for you.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIf you place an order for an item that is currently out of stock or already on order with a supplier, Hoonies Adrenaline will contact you as soon as possible with an update.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53971393380694,"sku":"XCTR802610_PS","price":3054.54,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/intrepid_1.png?v=1779487414"},{"product_id":"arb-outback-drawer-set-with-kitchen-l200-mk9-2019-onwards-double-cab","title":"ARB L200 Mk9 Double Cab Drawer Kitchen | XGSOUBRMIL9DKIK","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake stopping for a meal part of the trip.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThere is something much nicer about arriving hungry and having the kitchen already in the truck. This L200 package combines an ARB Outback drawer system with a slide-out kitchen, giving you a three-burner stove, stainless bench and collapsible sink without assembling a collection of loose camp furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSKU \/ part number: \u003cstrong\u003eXGSOUBRMIL9DKIK\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA place to cook, prep and wash up\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Thetford hob has a 2.5 kW rapid burner and two 1.75 kW burners, so you can use more than one pan while keeping the prep surface clear. Its tempered-glass lid doubles as a splashback. The 12 L collapsible sink drops into place for washing up, then folds down for storage; the utensil drawer keeps the small essentials together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrom driving to cooking with less unpacking\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kitchen rolls out from the drawer installation and can be deployed in as little as 15 seconds. Once extended and locked, it supports itself without a leg to place on uneven ground. That deployment time is for the kitchen mechanism; food, gas and water still need to be ready for the meal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe package you are buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eARB Outback drawer system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eARB slide-out kitchen with three-burner Thetford hob.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless-steel prep surface and utensil drawer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12 L collapsible sink.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003ePackage SKU: \u003cstrong\u003eXGSOUBRMIL9DKIK\u003c\/strong\u003e. A fridge, cookware, food and water are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePlan the space behind the truck\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kitchen extends beyond the tailgate, so leave room behind the vehicle when you park and make sure the planned canopy, tailgate and load-bed equipment allow it to open fully. Cooking remains an outdoor activity: keep the stove away from enclosed spaces and follow its gas-installation instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eL200 fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the Mitsubishi L200 Mk9 Double Cab, 2019-2023. The vehicle-specific drawer installation is part of the package; it is not a universal kitchen for every L200 body style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXGSOUBRMIL9DKIK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMitsubishi L200 Mk9 Double Cab, 2019-2023\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutback drawers and slide-out kitchen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStove\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThetford, 3 burners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBurner outputs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x 2.5 kW and 2 x 1.75 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSink\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 L collapsible silicone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBench material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKitchen deployment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs little as 15 seconds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-supporting when fully extended and locked\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat cooking equipment is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe three-burner Thetford stove, stainless prep surface, utensil drawer and 12 L collapsible sink are part of the kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the kitchen need a support leg?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is self-supporting once fully extended and locked, so there is no leg to level on the ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I cook with more than one pan?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. There are three burners: one 2.5 kW rapid burner and two 1.75 kW burners.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs a fridge included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This package supplies the drawer and kitchen equipment. A fridge and its suitable mounting arrangement are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePayment Terms\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor UK customers, the price shown includes VAT, customs charges and supplier shipping costs, so you can order with confidence and avoid unexpected customs bills after purchase. If any customs-related questions or issues arise, Hoonies Adrenaline will handle them for you.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor orders outside the UK, please contact us through the contact form before purchasing so we can prepare a personalised quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eShipping and Lead Times\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe aim to keep strong stock availability across the products we sell, but imported, specialist and custom-order items may have a lead time. If you need an estimated delivery window before ordering, please contact us and we will be happy to check this for you.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIf you place an order for an item that is currently out of stock or already on order with a supplier, Hoonies Adrenaline will contact you as soon as possible with an update.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53998645707094,"sku":"XGSOUBRMIL9DKIK","price":3756.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Stove.png?v=1779805748"},{"product_id":"arb-outback-drawer-set-with-slide-out-kitchen-ford-ranger-mk5-7-2012-2022-double","title":"ARB Ford Ranger Mk5-7 Double Cab 2012-2022 Drawer \u0026 Slide-Out Kitchen","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA proper kitchen at the end of the track.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe best part of a day out can be the meal at the end of it. This ARB kitchen and Outback drawer package gives your Mk5-7 Ranger a stainless bench, three-burner hob and collapsible sink in one fitted arrangement. Your cooking essentials stay organised in the load bay, ready for a lunch stop or an evening at camp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XGSOUBFORA5KIK\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpace to cook a proper meal\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 1250 × 485 mm stainless bench gives you space to prepare ingredients beside the cooker, with a 30 kg evenly distributed load limit. The Thetford hob has two 1.75 kW burners and a 2.5 kW rapid burner: boil water while another pan is cooking, or prepare more than one part of a meal together. Its glass lid becomes a splashback when open. Flame-out protection cuts the gas if a flame goes out, and closing the lid also shuts off the supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEverything close to hand\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe utensil drawer gives cutlery and small cooking essentials a place to stay between stops. The 12 L collapsible sink, drying base and utensil holder make washing up part of the same cooking space. The kitchen locks in its extended position, with anti-rollback drawer features and anti-rattle construction for touring. Deployment takes around 15 seconds, before connecting the gas and preparing to cook. There are no support legs to position underneath, leaving the space around the kitchen clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe drawer package for your Mk5-7 Ranger\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the 2012-2022 Mk5-7 Double Cab package without an additional roller floor. The kitchen itself still slides out. It includes the kitchen, Outback drawer system, three-burner stove and collapsible sink; food, cookware, a fridge and the LPG cylinder are separate. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-outback-drawer-system-with-slide-out-kitchen-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards-do\"\u003e2023+ Mk8 Ranger\u003c\/a\u003e needs its own package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and using it\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting is recommended. Installation includes drilling for the kitchen mountings, with enough space behind the tailgate for full extension. Use the LPG hose and regulator that match the supplied hob and cylinder, and cook outdoors with the extension locks engaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePack away ready for the next stop\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAfter the meal, let the cooker cool, disconnect the gas supply and secure the hob and sink shelf before sliding the kitchen away. You can leave the main cooking equipment organised in its own fitted space, rather than repacking a collection of loose items. Wipe the stainless surfaces with a soft cloth and a suitable non-abrasive cleaner, particularly after salt exposure. Check the fixings and latches before a trip and during the annual inspection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhen a fitted kitchen earns its place\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor regular touring, the appeal is having the bench, cooker, sink and storage ready together at each stop. You trade some load-bay space and payload for that repeated convenience. A portable stove and table remain a simpler choice for occasional use. Allow room behind the tailgate for the extended kitchen and keep the total carried load within the vehicle's limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk5-7 Double Cab 2012-2022\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne vehicle-specific kitchen and drawer package\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ewithout Roller Floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKitchen housing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1355 × 500 × 310 mm; kitchen module, not full load-bay package\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKitchen internal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 × 485 × 190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBench\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 × 485 mm stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBench load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 kg evenly distributed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooktop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThetford LPG; two 1.75 kW burners and one 2.5 kW burner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSink\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 L collapsible sink with drying base and utensil holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUtensil drawer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 × 345 × 145 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClosure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKey-lockable slam-shut latches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStove load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSink-platform load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrawer extension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115% on the RDK1355 kitchen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU \/ part number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXGSOUBFORA5KIK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the stove included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The three-burner Thetford stove is included with the slide-out kitchen. The LPG cylinder is separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the sink plumbed into a water tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe included sink is a 12 L collapsible bowl. This package does not supply an onboard water tank or pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it just as a workbench?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. You can use the extended bench without opening the full cooking arrangement, staying within the 30 kg evenly distributed limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the roller-floor choice change?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis package has no additional sliding cargo top. The kitchen still slides out normally. It is the Mk5-7 Double Cab kit for 2012-2022, separate from the newer Mk8 Ranger package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo those dimensions describe the whole installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 1355 × 500 × 310 mm dimensions are for the kitchen housing. The complete drawer package and mounting must be matched to the vehicle’s load bay.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I cook with the hob still inside the vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Extend and lock the kitchen for outdoor use, with the cooker arranged as directed in its instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it use much of the load bay?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The kitchen and drawers are a fitted installation, using cargo space and some payload. In return, the cooking equipment stays organised and accessible at each stop. It suits regular touring best, when that convenience is worth dedicating the space to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I change which side I cook from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The hob box can be unbolted and rotated during installation to suit access from the other side. Have its locks, clearances and gas connection checked in the chosen position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy this rather than a portable stove?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the ready-to-use cooking space around the stove: a substantial preparation bench, a sink, storage and a fitted home for the equipment. You still connect the gas and prepare the cooker at each stop, but there is less separate furniture and loose equipment to set out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53998646002006,"sku":"XGSOUBFORA5KIK","price":4686.41,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Stove_e726f0e0-2b4b-4033-9ae9-4de2e90634f2.png?v=1779805757"},{"product_id":"arb-outback-drawer-system-with-slide-out-kitchen-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards-do","title":"ARB Ford Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 2023+ Drawer \u0026 Slide-Out Kitchen","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour favourite lunch stop does not need a café.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSlide out a proper worktop and cook something you look forward to eating. This ARB kitchen and Outback drawer package brings a stainless preparation bench, three-burner hob and collapsible sink together in your Ranger's load bay. It suits 2023+ Mk8 Double Cab models with a bed liner and excludes the 2025 PHEV. Your cooking equipment travels together, ready for the next stop.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XGSOUBFORA8KILK\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpace to cook a proper meal\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 1250 × 485 mm stainless bench gives you space to prepare ingredients beside the cooker, with a 30 kg evenly distributed load limit. The Thetford hob has two 1.75 kW burners and a 2.5 kW rapid burner: boil water while another pan is cooking, or prepare more than one part of a meal together. Its glass lid becomes a splashback when open. Flame-out protection cuts the gas if a flame goes out, and closing the lid also shuts off the supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEverything close to hand\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe utensil drawer gives cutlery and small cooking essentials a place to stay between stops. The 12 L collapsible sink, drying base and utensil holder make washing up part of the same cooking space. The kitchen locks in its extended position, with anti-rollback drawer features and anti-rattle construction for touring. Deployment takes around 15 seconds, before connecting the gas and preparing to cook. There are no support legs to position underneath, leaving the space around the kitchen clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe drawer package for your Mk8 Ranger\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSupplied equipment includes the slide-out kitchen, Outback drawer system, three-burner stove and collapsible sink. Food, cookware, a fridge and the LPG cylinder are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and using it\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting is recommended. Installation includes drilling for the kitchen mountings, with enough space behind the tailgate for full extension. Use the LPG hose and regulator that match the supplied hob and cylinder, and cook outdoors with the extension locks engaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePack away ready for the next stop\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAfter the meal, let the cooker cool, disconnect the gas supply and secure the hob and sink shelf before sliding the kitchen away. You can leave the main cooking equipment organised in its own fitted space, rather than repacking a collection of loose items. Wipe the stainless surfaces with a soft cloth and a suitable non-abrasive cleaner, particularly after salt exposure. Check the fixings and latches before a trip and during the annual inspection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor UK orders, the price includes VAT, customs charges and supplier shipping costs. We handle any customs issues. For orders outside the UK, contact us for a quote before purchasing. Imported, specialist or custom-order products can have a lead time; we can check an estimated delivery window before you order. If an ordered item is out of stock or already on order with a supplier, we will contact you with an update.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhen a fitted kitchen earns its place\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor regular touring, the appeal is having the bench, cooker, sink and storage ready together at each stop. You trade some load-bay space and payload for that repeated convenience. A portable stove and table remain a simpler choice for occasional use. Allow room behind the tailgate for the extended kitchen and keep the total carried load within the vehicle's limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 2023+; with bed liner; excludes 2025 PHEV\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne vehicle-specific kitchen and drawer package\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ewith Slide-Out Kitchen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKitchen housing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1355 × 500 × 310 mm; kitchen module, not full load-bay package\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKitchen internal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 × 485 × 190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBench\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 × 485 mm stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBench load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 kg evenly distributed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooktop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThetford LPG; two 1.75 kW burners and one 2.5 kW burner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSink\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 L collapsible sink with drying base and utensil holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUtensil drawer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 × 345 × 145 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClosure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKey-lockable slam-shut latches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStove load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSink-platform load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrawer extension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115% on the RDK1355 kitchen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU \/ part number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXGSOUBFORA8KILK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the stove included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The three-burner Thetford stove is included with the slide-out kitchen. The LPG cylinder is separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the sink plumbed into a water tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe included sink is a 12 L collapsible bowl. This package does not supply an onboard water tank or pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it just as a workbench?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. You can use the extended bench without opening the full cooking arrangement, staying within the 30 kg evenly distributed limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a Ranger PHEV?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This Mk8 Double Cab package excludes the 2025 Ranger PHEV. It is for the specified vehicle with a bed liner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo those dimensions describe the whole installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 1355 × 500 × 310 mm dimensions are for the kitchen housing. The complete drawer package and mounting must be matched to the vehicle’s load bay.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I cook with the hob still inside the vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Extend and lock the kitchen for outdoor use, with the cooker arranged as directed in its instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it use much of the load bay?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The kitchen and drawers are a fitted installation, using cargo space and some payload. In return, the cooking equipment stays organised and accessible at each stop. It suits regular touring best, when that convenience is worth dedicating the space to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I change which side I cook from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The hob box can be unbolted and rotated during installation to suit access from the other side. Have its locks, clearances and gas connection checked in the chosen position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy this rather than a portable stove?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the ready-to-use cooking space around the stove: a substantial preparation bench, a sink, storage and a fitted home for the equipment. You still connect the gas and prepare the cooker at each stop, but there is less separate furniture and loose equipment to set out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53998646100310,"sku":"XGSOUBFORA8KILK","price":4853.26,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Easy_Access_cce6e045-1573-4c2d-848e-bed0c0a02e78.png?v=1779805764"},{"product_id":"arb-outback-drawer-system-with-slide-out-kitchen-volkswagen-amarok-mk2-2016-onwa","title":"ARB Amarok Mk2 Double Cab Drawer Kitchen | XGSOUBVWAM2DKIK","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake the stop as enjoyable as the drive.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTurn your Amarok into somewhere you look forward to stopping. This package combines an ARB Slide-Out Kitchen with the Outback Roller Drawer System, giving you a place to cook and organised storage that stays in the truck. Pull out the bench, open the stove and you have separate space for preparation, cooking and washing up. The cantilevered design needs no support leg underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XGSOUBVWAM2DKIK\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLess setting up, more time enjoying the stop\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA short break is more appealing when making lunch does not mean unpacking half the load bed. The kitchen slides out on bearing runners, with the stove and sink opening away from the preparation area. You can leave the bench extended for a quick coffee or open the whole kitchen when you want to cook.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stainless top measures 1,250 x 485 mm and supports 30 kg evenly distributed when fully extended. It gives you a useful surface for food, pans and preparation; it is not a seat or a step.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCook more than one pan at a time\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Thetford hob has two 1.75 kW burners and a 2.5 kW rapid burner. You can boil water while keeping another pan going, instead of serving each part of the meal in turn. The tempered-glass lid becomes a splashback when open. Flame-out protection shuts off the gas if a flame goes out, and closing the lid also shuts off the supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWashing up has a home too\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 12-litre silicone sink folds down for storage and comes with a plug, drying base and utensil holder. The small drawer keeps cooking tools close to hand, so you are not hunting through general luggage for the things you use at every stop.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBuilt to travel in the truck\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn anti-rattle design and folded stainless-steel bearing runners suit a kitchen that spends its life on the move. Key-lockable, push-pull slam-shut latches keep it closed for travelling. Close and secure the kitchen before driving, and allow working space behind the vehicle when choosing where to park.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you are buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eARB Slide-Out Kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eARB Outback Roller Drawer System for the Amarok Mk2 Double Cab.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated stainless worktop, three-burner hob and utensil drawer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12-litre collapsible sink with plug, drying base and utensil holder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kitchen unit measures 1,355 x 500 x 310 mm; these are the kitchen dimensions, not the footprint of a complete two-drawer installation. This package is for the previous-generation Amarok Mk2 Double Cab. It is not the new-generation 2023+ Amarok package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXGSOUBVWAM2DKIK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle-specific drawer and kitchen package\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrevious-generation VW Amarok Mk2 Double Cab\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKitchen exterior dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,355 x 500 x 310 mm (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorktop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel; 1,250 x 485 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorktop load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 kg evenly distributed, fully extended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHob\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThetford, 3 burners: 2 x 1.75 kW and 1 x 2.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSink\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 litres; collapsible silicone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUtensil drawer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 x 345 x 145 mm (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupport leg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot required for the cantilevered kitchen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to put a leg under the kitchen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The cantilevered design supports the kitchen without a ground leg. Keep within the 30 kg evenly distributed worktop limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use just the worktop?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Extend the bench for food preparation or a quick drink, then open the stove and sink when you need the full kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the sink need permanent plumbing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe collapsible sink is removable and has a plug. It can be filled and emptied without a permanently plumbed water system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this the whole drawer package?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This Amarok package combines the Slide-Out Kitchen with the Outback Roller Drawer System.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I stand on the worktop?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 30 kg rating is for an evenly distributed worktop load. It is not designed as a step or seat.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53998646329686,"sku":"XGSOUBVWAM2DKIK","price":3556.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/slide_kitchen_1__3.jpg?v=1779805769"},{"product_id":"arb-outback-drawer-system-with-slide-out-kitchen-isuzu-d-max-mk4-6-2012-onwards","title":"ARB Isuzu D-Max Mk4-6 Double Cab 2012-2024 Drawer \u0026 Slide-Out Kitchen","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake room for a proper meal, wherever you stop.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTurn the back of your D-Max into a cooking space you will want to use. This ARB kitchen and drawer package keeps a stainless worktop, three-burner hob and collapsible sink together, ready to slide out when you stop. It is an appealing step up from loose boxes and a portable table when weekends away and longer touring trips are a regular part of life.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XGSOUBISDM4KIK\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpace to cook a proper meal\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 1250 × 485 mm stainless bench gives you space to prepare ingredients beside the cooker, with a 30 kg evenly distributed load limit. The Thetford hob has two 1.75 kW burners and a 2.5 kW rapid burner: boil water while another pan is cooking, or prepare more than one part of a meal together. Its glass lid becomes a splashback when open. Flame-out protection cuts the gas if a flame goes out, and closing the lid also shuts off the supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEverything close to hand\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe utensil drawer gives cutlery and small cooking essentials a place to stay between stops. The 12 L collapsible sink, drying base and utensil holder make washing up part of the same cooking space. The kitchen locks in its extended position, with anti-rollback drawer features and anti-rattle construction for touring. Deployment takes around 15 seconds, before connecting the gas and preparing to cook. There are no support legs to position underneath, leaving the space around the kitchen clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe drawer package for your D-Max\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the package without a roller floor. The kitchen still slides out; “without roller floor” refers to the additional sliding cargo top, not to the kitchen mechanism. Supplied equipment includes the slide-out kitchen, Outback drawer system, three-burner stove and collapsible sink. Food, cookware, a fridge and the LPG cylinder are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and using it\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting is recommended. Installation includes drilling for the kitchen mountings, with enough space behind the tailgate for full extension. Use the LPG hose and regulator that match the supplied hob and cylinder, and cook outdoors with the extension locks engaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePack away ready for the next stop\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAfter the meal, let the cooker cool, disconnect the gas supply and secure the hob and sink shelf before sliding the kitchen away. You can leave the main cooking equipment organised in its own fitted space, rather than repacking a collection of loose items. Wipe the stainless surfaces with a soft cloth and a suitable non-abrasive cleaner, particularly after salt exposure. Check the fixings and latches before a trip and during the annual inspection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhen a fitted kitchen earns its place\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor regular touring, the appeal is having the bench, cooker, sink and storage ready together at each stop. You trade some load-bay space and payload for that repeated convenience. A portable stove and table remain a simpler choice for occasional use. Allow room behind the tailgate for the extended kitchen and keep the total carried load within the vehicle's limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIsuzu D-Max Mk4-6 Double Cab 2012-2024\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne vehicle-specific kitchen and drawer package\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ewithout Roller Floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKitchen housing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1355 × 500 × 310 mm; kitchen module, not full load-bay package\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKitchen internal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 × 485 × 190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBench\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 × 485 mm stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBench load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 kg evenly distributed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooktop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThetford LPG; two 1.75 kW burners and one 2.5 kW burner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSink\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 L collapsible sink with drying base and utensil holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUtensil drawer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 × 345 × 145 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClosure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKey-lockable slam-shut latches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStove load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSink-platform load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrawer extension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115% on the RDK1355 kitchen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU \/ part number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXGSOUBISDM4KIK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the stove included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The three-burner Thetford stove is included with the slide-out kitchen. The LPG cylinder is separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the sink plumbed into a water tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe included sink is a 12 L collapsible bowl. This package does not supply an onboard water tank or pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it just as a workbench?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. You can use the extended bench without opening the full cooking arrangement, staying within the 30 kg evenly distributed limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the roller-floor choice change?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the package without a roller floor. The kitchen still slides out; “without roller floor” refers to the additional sliding cargo top, not to the kitchen mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo those dimensions describe the whole installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 1355 × 500 × 310 mm dimensions are for the kitchen housing. The complete drawer package and mounting must be matched to the vehicle’s load bay.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I cook with the hob still inside the vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Extend and lock the kitchen for outdoor use, with the cooker arranged as directed in its instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it use much of the load bay?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The kitchen and drawers are a fitted installation, using cargo space and some payload. In return, the cooking equipment stays organised and accessible at each stop. It suits regular touring best, when that convenience is worth dedicating the space to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I change which side I cook from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The hob box can be unbolted and rotated during installation to suit access from the other side. Have its locks, clearances and gas connection checked in the chosen position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy this rather than a portable stove?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the ready-to-use cooking space around the stove: a substantial preparation bench, a sink, storage and a fitted home for the equipment. You still connect the gas and prepare the cooker at each stop, but there is less separate furniture and loose equipment to set out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53999067365718,"sku":"XGSOUBISDM4KIK","price":4775.03,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Stove_10574223-d1b4-4064-8dd0-e268fcf5b2ea.png?v=1779812223"},{"product_id":"arb-outback-drawer-system-with-slide-out-kitchen-nissan-navara-np300-2016-onward","title":"ARB Nissan Navara NP300 Double Cab 2016+ Drawer \u0026 Slide-Out Kitchen - Without Roller Floor","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStop for the view. Stay for lunch.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGive your Navara a cooking space that is ready to travel with you. The ARB kitchen and drawer package brings a stainless preparation bench, three-burner hob and collapsible sink together, so you can make a meal without finding a separate home for each piece of equipment. It is designed for the kind of touring where the stops are part of the enjoyment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XGSOUBNID41DKIK\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpace to cook a proper meal\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 1250 × 485 mm stainless bench gives you space to prepare ingredients beside the cooker, with a 30 kg evenly distributed load limit. The Thetford hob has two 1.75 kW burners and a 2.5 kW rapid burner: boil water while another pan is cooking, or prepare more than one part of a meal together. Its glass lid becomes a splashback when open. Flame-out protection cuts the gas if a flame goes out, and closing the lid also shuts off the supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEverything close to hand\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe utensil drawer gives cutlery and small cooking essentials a place to stay between stops. The 12 L collapsible sink, drying base and utensil holder make washing up part of the same cooking space. The kitchen locks in its extended position, with anti-rollback drawer features and anti-rattle construction for touring. Deployment takes around 15 seconds, before connecting the gas and preparing to cook. There are no support legs to position underneath, leaving the space around the kitchen clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe drawer package for your Navara NP300\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis NP300 Double Cab package is supplied without a roller floor. The kitchen itself slides out as normal; an additional rolling cargo top is not included. Supplied equipment includes the slide-out kitchen, Outback drawer system, three-burner stove and collapsible sink. Food, cookware, a fridge and the LPG cylinder are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and using it\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting is recommended. Installation includes drilling for the kitchen mountings, with enough space behind the tailgate for full extension. Use the LPG hose and regulator that match the supplied hob and cylinder, and cook outdoors with the extension locks engaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePack away ready for the next stop\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAfter the meal, let the cooker cool, disconnect the gas supply and secure the hob and sink shelf before sliding the kitchen away. You can leave the main cooking equipment organised in its own fitted space, rather than repacking a collection of loose items. Wipe the stainless surfaces with a soft cloth and a suitable non-abrasive cleaner, particularly after salt exposure. Check the fixings and latches before a trip and during the annual inspection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhen a fitted kitchen earns its place\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor regular touring, the appeal is having the bench, cooker, sink and storage ready together at each stop. You trade some load-bay space and payload for that repeated convenience. A portable stove and table remain a simpler choice for occasional use. Allow room behind the tailgate for the extended kitchen and keep the total carried load within the vehicle's limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNissan Navara NP300 Double Cab 2016+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne vehicle-specific kitchen and drawer package\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ewithout Roller Floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKitchen housing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1355 × 500 × 310 mm; kitchen module, not full load-bay package\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKitchen internal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 × 485 × 190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBench\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 × 485 mm stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBench load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 kg evenly distributed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooktop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThetford LPG; two 1.75 kW burners and one 2.5 kW burner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSink\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 L collapsible sink with drying base and utensil holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUtensil drawer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 × 345 × 145 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClosure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKey-lockable slam-shut latches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStove load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSink-platform load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrawer extension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115% on the RDK1355 kitchen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU \/ part number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXGSOUBNID41DKIK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the stove included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The three-burner Thetford stove is included with the slide-out kitchen. The LPG cylinder is separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the sink plumbed into a water tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe included sink is a 12 L collapsible bowl. This package does not supply an onboard water tank or pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it just as a workbench?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. You can use the extended bench without opening the full cooking arrangement, staying within the 30 kg evenly distributed limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the roller-floor choice change?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis NP300 Double Cab package is supplied without a roller floor. The kitchen itself slides out as normal; an additional rolling cargo top is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo those dimensions describe the whole installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 1355 × 500 × 310 mm dimensions are for the kitchen housing. The complete drawer package and mounting must be matched to the vehicle’s load bay.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I cook with the hob still inside the vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Extend and lock the kitchen for outdoor use, with the cooker arranged as directed in its instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it use much of the load bay?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The kitchen and drawers are a fitted installation, using cargo space and some payload. In return, the cooking equipment stays organised and accessible at each stop. It suits regular touring best, when that convenience is worth dedicating the space to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I change which side I cook from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The hob box can be unbolted and rotated during installation to suit access from the other side. Have its locks, clearances and gas connection checked in the chosen position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy this rather than a portable stove?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the ready-to-use cooking space around the stove: a substantial preparation bench, a sink, storage and a fitted home for the equipment. You still connect the gas and prepare the cooker at each stop, but there is less separate furniture and loose equipment to set out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53999067627862,"sku":"XGSOUBNID41DKIK","price":4672.46,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Easy_Access_f439b5a5-c10c-47bb-9995-f836907b5978.png?v=1779812232"},{"product_id":"arb-outback-drawer-with-slide-out-kitchen-and-roller-floor-ford-ranger-mk8-2023","title":"ARB Ranger Mk8 Double Cab Drawer Kitchen with Roller Floor | XGSOUBFORA8KIRLK","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePark up. Pull the kitchen out. Put the kettle on.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Ranger package brings the cooking setup into the pickup: an ARB slide-out kitchen, Outback drawer storage and a roller floor in one vehicle-specific installation. The three-burner hob, stainless prep surface and collapsible sink are ready to pull out when you stop, so making a meal starts with opening the kitchen instead of unpacking it from several boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSKU \/ part number: \u003cstrong\u003eXGSOUBFORA8KIRLK\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA place to cook, prep and wash up\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Thetford hob has a 2.5 kW rapid burner and two 1.75 kW burners, so you can use more than one pan while keeping the prep surface clear. Its tempered-glass lid doubles as a splashback. The gas supply shuts off if a flame blows out or the lid closes. The 12 L collapsible sink drops into place for washing up, then folds down for storage; the utensil drawer keeps the small essentials together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrom driving to cooking with less unpacking\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kitchen rolls out from the drawer installation and can be deployed in as little as 15 seconds. Once extended and locked, it supports itself without a leg to place on uneven ground. That deployment time is for the kitchen mechanism; food, gas and water still need to be ready for the meal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe package you are buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eARB Outback drawer system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eARB slide-out kitchen with three-burner Thetford hob.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless-steel prep surface and utensil drawer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12 L collapsible sink.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoller floor \/ slide-floor kit for sliding a suitably mounted fridge out towards you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003ePackage SKU: \u003cstrong\u003eXGSOUBFORA8KIRLK\u003c\/strong\u003e. A fridge, cookware, food and water are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePlan the space behind the truck\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kitchen extends beyond the tailgate, so leave room behind the vehicle when you park and make sure the planned canopy, tailgate and load-bed equipment allow it to open fully. Cooking remains an outdoor activity: keep the stove away from enclosed spaces and follow its gas-installation instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRanger fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the 2023+ Ranger Mk8 Double Cab with a bed liner fitted. This package excludes the 2025 Ranger PHEV. It includes the slide-floor kit as well as the kitchen and Outback drawer system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXGSOUBFORA8KIRLK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 Double Cab, 2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutback drawers and slide-out kitchen with roller floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStove\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThetford, 3 burners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBurner outputs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x 2.5 kW and 2 x 1.75 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSink\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 L collapsible silicone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBench material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKitchen deployment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs little as 15 seconds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-supporting when fully extended and locked\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBenchtop load limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBenchtop length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed liner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired for this application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExclusion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2025 Ranger PHEV\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat cooking equipment is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe three-burner Thetford stove, stainless prep surface, utensil drawer and 12 L collapsible sink are part of the kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes this include a roller floor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This package includes the roller floor \/ slide-floor kit alongside the drawer system and kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the kitchen need a support leg?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is self-supporting once fully extended and locked, so there is no leg to level on the ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I cook with more than one pan?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. There are three burners: one 2.5 kW rapid burner and two 1.75 kW burners.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs a fridge included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This package supplies the drawer and kitchen equipment. A fridge and its suitable mounting arrangement are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53999067857238,"sku":"XGSOUBFORA8KIRLK","price":3940.43,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Washing_Up_da59e398-10d7-4d8a-af53-c8d3f013a3cd.png?v=1779812239"},{"product_id":"arb-outback-drawer-with-slide-out-kitchen-and-roller-floor-toyota-hillux-mk8-9-2","title":"ARB Toyota Hilux Mk8-9 Double Cab 2016-2020 Drawer \u0026 Slide-Out Kitchen with Roller Floor","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePull up somewhere good. Put the kettle on.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith the kitchen fitted in your Hilux, a stop for lunch can be a chance to enjoy the view instead of unpacking half the load bay. Slide out a proper stainless worktop, bring out the three-burner hob and keep cooking essentials in their own drawer. This package also includes a roller floor, giving you sliding access to correctly secured cargo above the drawer system. This package is for 2016-2020 Hilux Double Cab models.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XGSOUBTOH8KIRK\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpace to cook a proper meal\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 1250 × 485 mm stainless bench gives you space to prepare ingredients beside the cooker, with a 30 kg evenly distributed load limit. The Thetford hob has two 1.75 kW burners and a 2.5 kW rapid burner: boil water while another pan is cooking, or prepare more than one part of a meal together. Its glass lid becomes a splashback when open. Flame-out protection cuts the gas if a flame goes out, and closing the lid also shuts off the supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEverything close to hand\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe utensil drawer gives cutlery and small cooking essentials a place to stay between stops. The 12 L collapsible sink, drying base and utensil holder make washing up part of the same cooking space. The kitchen locks in its extended position, with anti-rollback drawer features and anti-rattle construction for touring. Deployment takes around 15 seconds, before connecting the gas and preparing to cook. There are no support legs to position underneath, leaving the space around the kitchen clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe drawer package for your Hilux\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe roller floor is included. It adds a sliding top for access to supported cargo, such as a separately supplied fridge secured in the appropriate mounting arrangement. Supplied equipment includes the slide-out kitchen, Outback drawer system, three-burner stove and collapsible sink. Food, cookware, a fridge and the LPG cylinder are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and using it\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting is recommended. Installation includes drilling for the kitchen mountings, with enough space behind the tailgate for full extension. Use the LPG hose and regulator that match the supplied hob and cylinder, and cook outdoors with the extension locks engaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePack away ready for the next stop\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAfter the meal, let the cooker cool, disconnect the gas supply and secure the hob and sink shelf before sliding the kitchen away. You can leave the main cooking equipment organised in its own fitted space, rather than repacking a collection of loose items. Wipe the stainless surfaces with a soft cloth and a suitable non-abrasive cleaner, particularly after salt exposure. Check the fixings and latches before a trip and during the annual inspection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhen a fitted kitchen earns its place\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor regular touring, the appeal is having the bench, cooker, sink and storage ready together at each stop. You trade some load-bay space and payload for that repeated convenience. A portable stove and table remain a simpler choice for occasional use. Allow room behind the tailgate for the extended kitchen and keep the total carried load within the vehicle's limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eToyota Hilux Mk8-9 Double Cab 2016-2020\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne vehicle-specific kitchen and drawer package\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ewith Roller Floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKitchen housing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1355 × 500 × 310 mm; kitchen module, not full load-bay package\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKitchen internal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 × 485 × 190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBench\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 × 485 mm stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBench load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 kg evenly distributed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooktop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThetford LPG; two 1.75 kW burners and one 2.5 kW burner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSink\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 L collapsible sink with drying base and utensil holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUtensil drawer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 × 345 × 145 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClosure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKey-lockable slam-shut latches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStove load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSink-platform load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrawer extension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115% on the RDK1355 kitchen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU \/ part number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXGSOUBTOH8KIRK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the stove included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The three-burner Thetford stove is included with the slide-out kitchen. The LPG cylinder is separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the sink plumbed into a water tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe included sink is a 12 L collapsible bowl. This package does not supply an onboard water tank or pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it just as a workbench?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. You can use the extended bench without opening the full cooking arrangement, staying within the 30 kg evenly distributed limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the roller-floor choice change?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis version includes the rolling cargo top for easier access to supported equipment. The other Hilux kitchen package omits it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo those dimensions describe the whole installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 1355 × 500 × 310 mm dimensions are for the kitchen housing. The complete drawer package and mounting must be matched to the vehicle’s load bay.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I cook with the hob still inside the vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Extend and lock the kitchen for outdoor use, with the cooker arranged as directed in its instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it use much of the load bay?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The kitchen and drawers are a fitted installation, using cargo space and some payload. In return, the cooking equipment stays organised and accessible at each stop. It suits regular touring best, when that convenience is worth dedicating the space to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I change which side I cook from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The hob box can be unbolted and rotated during installation to suit access from the other side. Have its locks, clearances and gas connection checked in the chosen position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy this rather than a portable stove?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the ready-to-use cooking space around the stove: a substantial preparation bench, a sink, storage and a fitted home for the equipment. You still connect the gas and prepare the cooker at each stop, but there is less separate furniture and loose equipment to set out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53999068381526,"sku":"XGSOUBTOH8KIRK","price":4893.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Stove_68156453-db6e-4587-9e56-e5f466df636d.png?v=1779812247"},{"product_id":"arb-outback-drawer-with-slide-out-kitchen-toyota-hillux-mk8-9-2016-onwards-doubl","title":"ARB Toyota Hilux Mk8-9 Double Cab 2016-2020 Drawer \u0026 Slide-Out Kitchen","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess unpacking. More time enjoying the stop.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith a fitted kitchen in your Hilux, the worktop, hob and sink have a permanent home. Pull out the ARB Slide Kitchen, get the food ready and enjoy cooking outdoors without building a kitchen from separate bags and folding furniture. This package combines the kitchen with Outback drawers and is the Hilux choice without the additional sliding cargo top. This package is for 2016-2020 Hilux Double Cab models.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XGSOUBTOH8KIK\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpace to cook a proper meal\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 1250 × 485 mm stainless bench gives you space to prepare ingredients beside the cooker, with a 30 kg evenly distributed load limit. The Thetford hob has two 1.75 kW burners and a 2.5 kW rapid burner: boil water while another pan is cooking, or prepare more than one part of a meal together. Its glass lid becomes a splashback when open. Flame-out protection cuts the gas if a flame goes out, and closing the lid also shuts off the supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEverything close to hand\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe utensil drawer gives cutlery and small cooking essentials a place to stay between stops. The 12 L collapsible sink, drying base and utensil holder make washing up part of the same cooking space. The kitchen locks in its extended position, with anti-rollback drawer features and anti-rattle construction for touring. Deployment takes around 15 seconds, before connecting the gas and preparing to cook. There are no support legs to position underneath, leaving the space around the kitchen clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe drawer package for your Hilux\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose this version when you want the kitchen and drawers but do not need a sliding cargo top. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-outback-drawer-with-slide-out-kitchen-and-roller-floor-toyota-hillux-mk8-9-2\"\u003eroller-floor Hilux package\u003c\/a\u003e is a separate choice. Supplied equipment includes the slide-out kitchen, Outback drawer system, three-burner stove and collapsible sink. Food, cookware, a fridge and the LPG cylinder are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and using it\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting is recommended. Installation includes drilling for the kitchen mountings, with enough space behind the tailgate for full extension. Use the LPG hose and regulator that match the supplied hob and cylinder, and cook outdoors with the extension locks engaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePack away ready for the next stop\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAfter the meal, let the cooker cool, disconnect the gas supply and secure the hob and sink shelf before sliding the kitchen away. You can leave the main cooking equipment organised in its own fitted space, rather than repacking a collection of loose items. Wipe the stainless surfaces with a soft cloth and a suitable non-abrasive cleaner, particularly after salt exposure. Check the fixings and latches before a trip and during the annual inspection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor UK orders, the price includes VAT, customs charges and supplier shipping costs. We handle any customs issues. For orders outside the UK, contact us for a quote before purchasing. Imported, specialist or custom-order products can have a lead time; we can check an estimated delivery window before you order. If an ordered item is out of stock or already on order with a supplier, we will contact you with an update.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhen a fitted kitchen earns its place\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor regular touring, the appeal is having the bench, cooker, sink and storage ready together at each stop. You trade some load-bay space and payload for that repeated convenience. A portable stove and table remain a simpler choice for occasional use. Allow room behind the tailgate for the extended kitchen and keep the total carried load within the vehicle's limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eToyota Hilux Mk8-9 Double Cab 2016-2020\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne vehicle-specific kitchen and drawer package\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ewithout Roller Floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKitchen housing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1355 × 500 × 310 mm; kitchen module, not full load-bay package\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKitchen internal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 × 485 × 190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBench\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 × 485 mm stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBench load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 kg evenly distributed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooktop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThetford LPG; two 1.75 kW burners and one 2.5 kW burner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSink\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 L collapsible sink with drying base and utensil holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUtensil drawer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 × 345 × 145 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClosure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKey-lockable slam-shut latches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStove load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSink-platform load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrawer extension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115% on the RDK1355 kitchen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU \/ part number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXGSOUBTOH8KIK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the stove included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The three-burner Thetford stove is included with the slide-out kitchen. The LPG cylinder is separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the sink plumbed into a water tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe included sink is a 12 L collapsible bowl. This package does not supply an onboard water tank or pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it just as a workbench?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. You can use the extended bench without opening the full cooking arrangement, staying within the 30 kg evenly distributed limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the roller-floor choice change?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose this version when you want the kitchen and drawers but do not need a sliding cargo top. The roller-floor Hilux package is a separate choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo those dimensions describe the whole installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 1355 × 500 × 310 mm dimensions are for the kitchen housing. The complete drawer package and mounting must be matched to the vehicle’s load bay.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I cook with the hob still inside the vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Extend and lock the kitchen for outdoor use, with the cooker arranged as directed in its instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it use much of the load bay?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The kitchen and drawers are a fitted installation, using cargo space and some payload. In return, the cooking equipment stays organised and accessible at each stop. It suits regular touring best, when that convenience is worth dedicating the space to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I change which side I cook from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The hob box can be unbolted and rotated during installation to suit access from the other side. Have its locks, clearances and gas connection checked in the chosen position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy this rather than a portable stove?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the ready-to-use cooking space around the stove: a substantial preparation bench, a sink, storage and a fitted home for the equipment. You still connect the gas and prepare the cooker at each stop, but there is less separate furniture and loose equipment to set out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53999069004118,"sku":"XGSOUBTOH8KIK","price":4709.71,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/slide_kitchen_1__1.jpg?v=1779812253"},{"product_id":"arb-zero-fridge-slide-for-60l-69l-73l","title":"ARB ZERO Fridge Slide 10900048 - 60L, 69L and 73L","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReach your fridge without leaning across the rest of your gear\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA fridge is much easier to use when you can pull it towards you. This full-extension ARB slide brings your ZERO 60L, 69L and 73L fridge out from the cargo area, giving you better access to food and drinks without having to move the fridge itself or unload the equipment around it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCFA10900048\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA more convenient stop for lunch\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSlide the fridge out on its steel drawer-style runners, open the lid and reach what you need from outside the vehicle. It is particularly useful when the fridge sits behind the tailgate or inside a packed touring setup. The latch holds the slide in its open or closed position, helping keep it where you need it while parked or travelling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe latch can be arranged on the left or right during installation. That makes it easier to suit the way you approach the fridge and the other items in the load area.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCheck the space around the fridge\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe closed slide measures 946 x 444 x 79mm (length x width x height). Its fully extended overall length is 1669mm, so allow enough clearance outside the vehicle for the slide to travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the complete installation, including the fridge height, slide thickness, ventilation space and the tailgate or rear-door position. A compact slide still needs a solid mounting surface and suitable fixings so the floor can support the loaded fridge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose by your ZERO fridge size\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is slide 10900048, matched to the ARB ZERO 60L, 69L and 73L range. For ZERO 36L or 44L fridges, choose the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-zero-fridge-slide-mount-for-36l-44l\"\u003esmaller 10900047 slide\u003c\/a\u003e instead. The slide is supplied separately from the fridge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe main tray is rated at 120kg and the accessory tray at 40kg. These are tray-specific limits: the vehicle floor, mountings and any other support still need to suit the installation. Keep the runners clean and periodically check the latch and mounting fasteners.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10900048\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFridge compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB ZERO 60L, 69L and 73L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSale unit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne fridge slide; fridge separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSlide travel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull extension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eClosed dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e946 x 444 x 79mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFully extended overall length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1669mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMain-tray load rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAccessory-tray load rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLatch operation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen and closed positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLatch position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeft or right installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSecure to a suitable load-bearing floor or support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich fridge sizes does it fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSlide 10900048 is matched to ARB ZERO 60L, 69L and 73L fridges. Choose by the exact fridge range and capacity rather than assuming every similarly sized fridge will fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the fridge included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fridge is separate. This listing is for one fridge slide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the slide stay in position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It latches in the open and closed positions. Make sure it is fully latched before travelling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I put the latch on either side?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The latch can be installed on the left or right to suit your layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat space do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe closed slide is 946 x 444 x 79mm. Also allow for the fridge itself, ventilation, lid movement and the space needed for full extension outside the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53999070118230,"sku":"XCFA10900048","price":421.43,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/slide_1_1.png?v=1779812279"},{"product_id":"arb-zero-fridge-slide-mount-for-36l-44l","title":"ARB ZERO Fridge Slide 10900047 - 36L and 44L","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReach your fridge without leaning across the rest of your gear\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA fridge is much easier to use when you can pull it towards you. This full-extension ARB slide brings your ZERO 36L and 44L fridge out from the cargo area, giving you better access to food and drinks without having to move the fridge itself or unload the equipment around it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCFA10900047\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA more convenient stop for lunch\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSlide the fridge out on its steel drawer-style runners, open the lid and reach what you need from outside the vehicle. It is particularly useful when the fridge sits behind the tailgate or inside a packed touring setup. The latch holds the slide in its open or closed position, helping keep it where you need it while parked or travelling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe latch can be arranged on the left or right during installation. That makes it easier to suit the way you approach the fridge and the other items in the load area.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCheck the space around the fridge\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe closed slide measures 747 x 444 x 79mm (length x width x height). Allow room for the slide to extend outside the vehicle and for the fridge lid to open fully.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the complete installation, including the fridge height, slide thickness, ventilation space and the tailgate or rear-door position. A compact slide still needs a solid mounting surface and suitable fixings so the floor can support the loaded fridge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose by your ZERO fridge size\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is slide 10900047, matched to the ARB ZERO 36L and 44L range. For ZERO 60L, 69L or 73L fridges, choose the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-zero-fridge-slide-for-60l-69l-73l\"\u003elarger 10900048 slide\u003c\/a\u003e instead. The slide is supplied separately from the fridge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe main tray is rated at 120kg and the accessory tray at 40kg. These are tray-specific limits: the vehicle floor, mountings and any other support still need to suit the installation. Keep the runners clean and periodically check the latch and mounting fasteners.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10900047\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFridge compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB ZERO 36L and 44L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSale unit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne fridge slide; fridge separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSlide travel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull extension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eClosed dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e747 x 444 x 79mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMain-tray load rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAccessory-tray load rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLatch operation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen and closed positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLatch position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeft or right installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSecure to a suitable load-bearing floor or support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich fridge sizes does it fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSlide 10900047 is matched to ARB ZERO 36L and 44L fridges. Choose by the exact fridge range and capacity rather than assuming every similarly sized fridge will fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the fridge included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fridge is separate. This listing is for one fridge slide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the slide stay in position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It latches in the open and closed positions. Make sure it is fully latched before travelling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I put the latch on either side?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The latch can be installed on the left or right to suit your layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat space do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe closed slide is 747 x 444 x 79mm. Also allow for the fridge itself, ventilation, lid movement and the space needed for full extension outside the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53999070445910,"sku":"XCFA10900047","price":370.19,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/slide_1.png?v=1779812286"},{"product_id":"arb-fridge-zero-tie-down-kit-xcfa10900046","title":"ARB ZERO Fridge Tie-Down Kit - 10900046","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep your ZERO fridge secure and easy to remove\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ARB ZERO tie-down kit connects your fridge to the matching slide with a tidy, purpose-made arrangement. Stainless brackets and quick-release buckles keep the fridge secured for travel while making removal more convenient when you want it out of the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCFA10900046\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMatched to the ZERO range\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit suits ARB ZERO fridge freezers and includes mounting hardware for ARB ZERO slides. For 36L or 44L models, use the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-zero-fridge-slide-mount-for-36l-44l\"\u003e10900047 slide\u003c\/a\u003e; for 60L, 69L or 73L, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-zero-fridge-slide-for-60l-69l-73l\"\u003e10900048 slide\u003c\/a\u003e is the matched option. These are separate slide purchases.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRelease the straps when you need the fridge out\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe buckles give you a convenient release rather than requiring the securing straps to be completely rethreaded every time. Fit the brackets and straps to their instructions and check the loaded installation before travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCFA10900046\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10900046\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFridge application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB ZERO fridge-freezer range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBracket material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStrap release\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick-release buckles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eHardware\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded for ARB ZERO fridge slides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFridge and slide\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeparate purchases\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePurchase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne tie-down kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it for a Classic ARB fridge?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis kit is specified for ZERO fridge freezers. Classic and other fridge families use their matching securing equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a fridge slide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Choose the slide separately for the actual fridge size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the mounting hardware included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, for the specified ARB ZERO slide installation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53999070839126,"sku":"XCFA10900046","price":31.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/tie_down_kit.png?v=1779812293"},{"product_id":"arb-aluminium-case-awning-black-with-light-installed-2000mm-x-2500mm-xcs814414","title":"ARB 814414 Aluminium Case Awning with LED Light - 2000 x 2500 mm, Black","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake yourself comfortable beside your vehicle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePark up, pull out the awning and make somewhere comfortable to sit, cook or simply enjoy the view. This ARB 2 x 2.5 m awning gives you shelter beside your vehicle, with a black aluminium case for the journey and built-in lighting for the evening.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCS814414\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMake the stop as enjoyable as the drive\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 2000 mm width runs along the vehicle and the 2500 mm reach gives you useful space beside it. Put out your chairs, prepare lunch or keep the cooking area sheltered. Telescopic legs adjust up to 2.1 m to suit the mounting height and campsite.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA durable case and proper outdoor fabric\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe aluminium case protects the packed awning and keeps a clean appearance alongside your roof rack. PU-coated 300 gsm polycotton ripstop canvas provides shelter from sun and rain, with anti-wear points and metal cam locks for repeated use. Use the pegs and guy ropes to secure the awning for the conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLight for dinner, then a softer evening glow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe integrated strip provides up to 1200 lumens. Cool white helps when preparing food or finding equipment; amber gives a warmer feel and can reduce insect attraction. The dimmer lets you turn it down when you want to relax. Its IP56 rating applies to the dimmer control.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdd a matching room when you want more shelter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-deluxe-awning-room-including-floor-2000mm-x-2500mm\"\u003ematching 2000 x 2500 mm Deluxe Awning Room\u003c\/a\u003e adds enclosed space beneath the awning, useful for privacy and more protection at camp. Match the room to these awning dimensions. The room is purchased separately; choose suitable awning mounting brackets for your roof rack as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLook after it between trips\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSecure and tension the awning properly, allow water to run off and pack it away if the wind becomes unsuitable. Dry the fabric before long-term storage and check the mounting brackets and fasteners regularly. Include the awning, brackets and other roof equipment in your vehicle's roof-load calculation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCS814414\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e814414\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eExtended size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 x 2500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWidth along vehicle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProjection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium; black finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFabric\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 gsm PU-coated polycotton ripstop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLeg height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable up to 2.1 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCam locks\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLED output\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 1200 lumens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLED colour modes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCool white and amber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLighting control\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimmer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDimmer ingress rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP56\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAwning, LED lighting, pegs and guy ropes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRack mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable brackets chosen separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMatching awning room\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 x 2500 mm; purchased separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich way do the dimensions run?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 2000 mm dimension runs along the side of the vehicle; the awning projects 2500 mm outward. Allow space for the legs, guy ropes and pegs at camp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the LED light included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The integrated light has cool white and amber modes with dimming, giving you practical light for dinner and a softer setting afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I mount it to my roof rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose suitable mounting brackets for your particular roof rack. The awning includes pegs and guy ropes for use at camp; roof mounting still needs the correct bracket arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I add an enclosed room?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-deluxe-awning-room-including-floor-2000mm-x-2500mm\"\u003e2000 x 2500 mm Deluxe Awning Room\u003c\/a\u003e matches this awning size and is purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use it in wind or rain?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSecure the legs and guy ropes, tension the fabric and set it so water can drain. Pack the awning away when wind or weather makes using it unsuitable; it is not a shelter to leave unattended in worsening conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does it weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe awning weighs 15.2 kg. Add the mounting brackets and any other roof equipment when checking the vehicle and roof-rack load allowance.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53999642345814,"sku":"XCS814414","price":482.64,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/awningb_1_1128cc1b-6e3c-438b-8737-33c70241d95d.png?v=1779817881"},{"product_id":"arb-aluminium-awning-black-with-light-installed-2500mm","title":"ARB 814412 Aluminium Case Awning with LED Light - 2500 x 2500 mm, Black","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake yourself comfortable beside your vehicle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePark up, pull out the awning and make somewhere comfortable to sit, cook or simply enjoy the view. This ARB 2.5 x 2.5 m awning gives you shelter beside your vehicle, with a black aluminium case for the journey and built-in lighting for the evening.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCSA814412\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMake the stop as enjoyable as the drive\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 2500 mm width runs along the vehicle and the 2500 mm reach gives you useful space beside it. Put out your chairs, prepare lunch or keep the cooking area sheltered. Telescopic legs adjust up to 2.1 m to suit the mounting height and campsite.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA durable case and proper outdoor fabric\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe aluminium case protects the packed awning and keeps a clean appearance alongside your roof rack. PU-coated 300 gsm polycotton ripstop canvas provides shelter from sun and rain, with anti-wear points and metal cam locks for repeated use. Use the pegs and guy ropes to secure the awning for the conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLight for dinner, then a softer evening glow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe integrated strip provides up to 1200 lumens. Cool white helps when preparing food or finding equipment; amber gives a warmer feel and can reduce insect attraction. The dimmer lets you turn it down when you want to relax. Its IP56 rating applies to the dimmer control.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdd a matching room when you want more shelter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-deluxe-awning-room-including-floor-2500mm-x-2500mm\"\u003ematching 2500 x 2500 mm Deluxe Awning Room\u003c\/a\u003e adds enclosed space beneath the awning, useful for privacy and more protection at camp. Match the room to these awning dimensions. The room is purchased separately; choose suitable awning mounting brackets for your roof rack as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLook after it between trips\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSecure and tension the awning properly, allow water to run off and pack it away if the wind becomes unsuitable. Dry the fabric before long-term storage and check the mounting brackets and fasteners regularly. Include the awning, brackets and other roof equipment in your vehicle's roof-load calculation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCSA814412\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e814412\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eExtended size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2500 x 2500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWidth along vehicle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProjection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium; black finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFabric\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 gsm PU-coated polycotton ripstop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLeg height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable up to 2.1 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCam locks\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLED output\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 1200 lumens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLED colour modes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCool white and amber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLighting control\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimmer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDimmer ingress rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP56\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAwning, LED lighting, pegs and guy ropes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRack mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable brackets chosen separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMatching awning room\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2500 x 2500 mm; purchased separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich way do the dimensions run?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 2500 mm dimension runs along the side of the vehicle; the awning projects 2500 mm outward. Allow space for the legs, guy ropes and pegs at camp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the LED light included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The integrated light has cool white and amber modes with dimming, giving you practical light for dinner and a softer setting afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I mount it to my roof rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose suitable mounting brackets for your particular roof rack. The awning includes pegs and guy ropes for use at camp; roof mounting still needs the correct bracket arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I add an enclosed room?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-deluxe-awning-room-including-floor-2500mm-x-2500mm\"\u003e2500 x 2500 mm Deluxe Awning Room\u003c\/a\u003e matches this awning size and is purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use it in wind or rain?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSecure the legs and guy ropes, tension the fabric and set it so water can drain. Pack the awning away when wind or weather makes using it unsuitable; it is not a shelter to leave unattended in worsening conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does it weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe awning weighs 17.8 kg. Add the mounting brackets and any other roof equipment when checking the vehicle and roof-rack load allowance.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53999642444118,"sku":"XCSA814412","price":523.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xcsa814412_2_f0922973-dee6-4235-87e0-3690d57b7dd2.png?v=1779817892"},{"product_id":"arb-aluminium-awning-led-light-kit-2500mm-x-2500mm","title":"ARB 814408 Aluminium Case Awning with LED Light - 2500 x 2500 mm, Silver","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake yourself comfortable beside your vehicle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePark up, pull out the awning and make somewhere comfortable to sit, cook or simply enjoy the view. This ARB 2.5 x 2.5 m awning gives you shelter beside your vehicle, with a silver aluminium case for the journey and built-in lighting for the evening.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCS814408\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMake the stop as enjoyable as the drive\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 2500 mm width runs along the vehicle and the 2500 mm reach gives you useful space beside it. Put out your chairs, prepare lunch or keep the cooking area sheltered. Telescopic legs adjust up to 2.1 m to suit the mounting height and campsite.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA durable case and proper outdoor fabric\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe aluminium case protects the packed awning and keeps a clean appearance alongside your roof rack. PU-coated 300 gsm polycotton ripstop canvas provides shelter from sun and rain, with anti-wear points and metal cam locks for repeated use. Use the pegs and guy ropes to secure the awning for the conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLight for dinner, then a softer evening glow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe integrated strip provides up to 1200 lumens. Cool white helps when preparing food or finding equipment; amber gives a warmer feel and can reduce insect attraction. The dimmer lets you turn it down when you want to relax. Its IP56 rating applies to the dimmer control.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdd a matching room when you want more shelter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-deluxe-awning-room-including-floor-2500mm-x-2500mm\"\u003ematching 2500 x 2500 mm Deluxe Awning Room\u003c\/a\u003e adds enclosed space beneath the awning, useful for privacy and more protection at camp. Match the room to these awning dimensions. The room is purchased separately; choose suitable awning mounting brackets for your roof rack as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLook after it between trips\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSecure and tension the awning properly, allow water to run off and pack it away if the wind becomes unsuitable. Dry the fabric before long-term storage and check the mounting brackets and fasteners regularly. Include the awning, brackets and other roof equipment in your vehicle's roof-load calculation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCS814408\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e814408\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eExtended size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2500 x 2500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWidth along vehicle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProjection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium; silver finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFabric\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 gsm PU-coated polycotton ripstop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLeg height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable up to 2.1 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCam locks\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLED output\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 1200 lumens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLED colour modes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCool white and amber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLighting control\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimmer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDimmer ingress rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP56\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAwning, LED lighting, pegs and guy ropes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRack mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable brackets chosen separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMatching awning room\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2500 x 2500 mm; purchased separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich way do the dimensions run?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 2500 mm dimension runs along the side of the vehicle; the awning projects 2500 mm outward. Allow space for the legs, guy ropes and pegs at camp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the LED light included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The integrated light has cool white and amber modes with dimming, giving you practical light for dinner and a softer setting afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I mount it to my roof rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose suitable mounting brackets for your particular roof rack. The awning includes pegs and guy ropes for use at camp; roof mounting still needs the correct bracket arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I add an enclosed room?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-deluxe-awning-room-including-floor-2500mm-x-2500mm\"\u003e2500 x 2500 mm Deluxe Awning Room\u003c\/a\u003e matches this awning size and is purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use it in wind or rain?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSecure the legs and guy ropes, tension the fabric and set it so water can drain. Pack the awning away when wind or weather makes using it unsuitable; it is not a shelter to leave unattended in worsening conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does it weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe awning weighs 17.8 kg. Add the mounting brackets and any other roof equipment when checking the vehicle and roof-rack load allowance.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53999642542422,"sku":"XCS814408","price":499.94,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xcs814408_2.png?v=1779817902"},{"product_id":"arb-awning-kit-1250mm-x-2100mm","title":"ARB Compact Vehicle Awning 1250 x 2100mm - 814300","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePull over, put the awning out and enjoy the stop\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA compact awning can turn a quick lunch stop into somewhere you actually want to sit. The ARB 814300 provides 1250 x 2100mm of shelter beside a suitably mounted vehicle, giving you shade for a chair or a practical covered area while you work outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCS814300\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUseful shelter in a compact size\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe grey, PU-coated 300GSM canvas uses a 70% cotton and 30% polyester ripstop blend. It has a UPF 50+ rating and a water-head rating up to 1m, giving you useful sun and rain shelter when the awning is properly set up. The canvas rolls out from its vehicle-mounted bag, with height-adjustable telescopic legs supporting the outer edge. Its compact format is useful where a larger awning would take too much mounting space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGuy ropes and pegs are included so you can tension and secure the awning. Always secure it appropriately for conditions and pack it away if the weather becomes unsuitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEasy to keep ready for your next stop\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe heavy-duty, nylon-reinforced PVC bag protects the packed awning in its storage position. The awning weighs 7.6kg and attaches to a suitable roof rack or roof bars using the correct mounting arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMounting hardware is included, with any application-specific brackets selected for the rack or bars you use. A secure installation should leave the awning clear of doors and other equipment while allowing enough room for its legs and guy ropes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdd shelter where you need it\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-4x4-awning-wind-break-front-1250mm\"\u003e1250mm front awning wind break\u003c\/a\u003e is the matching-width accessory when you want extra shelter at the front edge. It is a useful addition for a breezier camp or a little more privacy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eClean and dry the canvas before long-term storage, and check poles, fasteners and guy ropes before the next trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCS814300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e814300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eExtended size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 x 2100mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.6kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCanvas\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePU-coated poly\/cotton ripstop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLegs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight-adjustable telescopic legs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStorage bag\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty nylon-reinforced PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAwning, storage bag, mounting hardware, guy ropes and pegs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable rack\/bars with the correct application-specific bracket arrangement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMatching front wind break\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250mm width; separate accessory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCanvas weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300GSM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCanvas blend\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70% cotton \/ 30% polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCanvas colour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eUV rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUPF 50+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWater-head rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 1m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePole material \/ diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium \/ 25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLeg adjustment range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1900-2100mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStructure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReinforced aluminium extrusions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for a small mounting space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIts 1250mm width makes it more compact than the wider ARB awnings. The rack or bar arrangement still needs the correct mounting points and clearances.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre guy ropes and pegs included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Use them to secure and tension the awning for the conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I add a front wind break?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The linked 1250mm front wind break matches this awning width.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould I store it wet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDry the canvas before long-term storage. If departure means packing it damp, open it out to dry as soon as you can.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53999642673494,"sku":"XCS814300","price":201.02,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/814300_1.png?v=1779817912"},{"product_id":"arb-awning-2000mm-x-2500mm-1","title":"ARB 814200 PVC-Case Awning - 2000 x 2500mm","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake your lunch stop or evening at camp more comfortable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRoll out the ARB 814200 awning and give yourself a sheltered place beside the vehicle to cook, sit or get out of the sun. Its 2m width along the vehicle and 2.5m projection provide useful cover without having to unpack a separate freestanding shelter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCSA814200\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eShade and shelter ready when you stop\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe awning rolls from its PVC storage bag and uses aluminium legs and support arms to hold the canopy. The legs adjust from 1900 to 2100mm, with 25mm poles and metal cam locks for setting the height. Choose a suitable rack position so the awning can open with the clearance it needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe grey 330GSM PU-coated 70% cotton\/30% polyester canvas is UPF 50+ rated and waterproof to a 1m water head. These fabric ratings help you choose the shelter, while sensible pegging and use for the conditions remain important.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA simple awning if you already have lighting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 814200 is the non-light version, useful if you already use separate camp lights or want a straightforward side awning. For the same 2000 x 2500mm footprint with an integrated dimmable strip, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-awning-with-light-installed-2000mm-x-2500mm\"\u003e814406 awning and light kit\u003c\/a\u003e is a separate option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdd a room when you want more shelter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe matching \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-deluxe-awning-room-including-floor-2000mm-x-2500mm\"\u003e2000 x 2500mm Deluxe Awning Room\u003c\/a\u003e adds walls and a floor when you want privacy or insect protection. It is sold separately and should match this awning's size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe awning needs suitable mounting brackets for your rack or bars. The storage bag, guy ropes, pegs, mounting hardware and instructions are supplied; choose vehicle\/rack brackets separately. The awning weighs 12.6kg, which needs to be included in the rack\/vehicle load calculation. Secure it for the conditions, retract it when wind makes use unsuitable and dry the fabric before prolonged storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e814200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eExtended canopy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth along vehicle: 2000mm; projection: 2500mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAdjustable leg height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1900-2100mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePole diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePoles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCanvas\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e330GSM grey PU-coated 70% cotton \/ 30% polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSun protection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUPF 50+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCanvas waterproof rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1m water head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft PVC case\/bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.6kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIntegrated LED\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-light version\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAwning, storage bag, guy ropes, pegs, mounting hardware and instructions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRack\/vehicle brackets\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelected separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMatching room size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 x 2500mm; separate accessory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the lights included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the non-light 814200 version. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-awning-with-light-installed-2000mm-x-2500mm\"\u003e814406 version\u003c\/a\u003e adds integrated lighting in the same canopy size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich way do the dimensions run?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe awning is 2000mm along the vehicle and projects 2500mm out from it. Allow that space when choosing a pitch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre mounting brackets included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the correct vehicle\/rack mounting brackets separately. Mounting hardware and instructions are supplied, but the brackets need to suit your rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I add an enclosed room?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Choose the matching \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-deluxe-awning-room-including-floor-2000mm-x-2500mm\"\u003e2000 x 2500mm Deluxe Awning Room\u003c\/a\u003e, sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I leave it out in wind?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSecure it with the pegs and guy ropes and assess the conditions. Retract it when the wind makes use unsuitable; do not leave the awning deployed unattended in changing weather.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53999642771798,"sku":"XCSA814200","price":274.54,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xcsa814200.png?v=1779817921"},{"product_id":"arb-awning-room-deluxe-with-floor-3000mm-x-2500mm-xcsa813110","title":"ARB Deluxe Awning Room with Floor - 3000 x 2500mm, 813110","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnjoy your awning with more privacy and fewer insects\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA good awning gives you shade; a matching room makes that space useful in more conditions. The ARB 813110 adds walls and a floor to a compatible 3000 x 2500mm ARB awning, giving you somewhere to relax out of the breeze or keep insects away while still enjoying the view.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCSA813110\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOpen it up or close it in\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRoll up the solid outer panels to reveal the insect mesh when you want fresh air and an open view of the campsite. Close the mesh to keep insects out, or lower the solid walls for more privacy and shelter from wind and dust. Zipped access doors on all four walls help you work around the vehicle and campsite layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe room gives you that flexibility without asking you to change the main awning each time the weather or evening plans change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA floor and ceiling are already part of it\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe durable waterproof floor creates a cleaner area for bare feet, chairs or changing clothes. The separate ceiling adds a layer beneath the awning instead of relying on the awning roof alone. UV-treated 300D Oxford polyester forms the exterior walls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHigh-mounted cable ports and corner cable guides let you route lighting cables away from the floor. An internal mesh organiser gives phones, keys and other small items somewhere to stay within reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the matching 3m awning\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis room is 3000 x 2500mm and weighs 9.5kg. It attaches to the compatible awning structure; it needs the correctly sized awning to support it. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-awning-with-light-black-aluminium-case-3000mm-x-2500mm-xcsa814415\"\u003eARB 814415 black aluminium-case 3000 x 2500mm awning\u003c\/a\u003e is a matching option, sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSecure the complete setup for the conditions, leave enough space around the vehicle and dry the room before long-term storage. Choosing the matching size is what gives you a properly usable room rather than fabric that does not meet the awning frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e813110\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eExtended size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3000 x 2500mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCompatible awning\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatching ARB 3000 x 2500mm awning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.5kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOuter walls\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV-treated 300D Oxford polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInner panels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsect mesh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWaterproof floor included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCeiling\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeparate ceiling included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAccess\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZipped doors on all four walls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCable management\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-mounted ports and corner guides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal mesh organiser\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAwning supplied\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeparate purchase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes this include an awning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The room attaches to a matching 3000 x 2500mm ARB awning, such as the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-awning-with-light-black-aluminium-case-3000mm-x-2500mm-xcsa814415\"\u003e814415 awning\u003c\/a\u003e, bought separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it as an insect screen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Roll up the outer walls and use the mesh panels to keep insects out while allowing airflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the floor included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The room includes its waterproof floor and a separate ceiling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it fit a smaller awning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the room sized for the awning. This 813110 room is the 3000 x 2500mm version.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I route lighting cables into it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It has high-mounted cable access ports and guides in the roof corners to keep cables organised.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53999642870102,"sku":"XCSA813110","price":322.04,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xcsa813208_4_2.jpg?v=1779817932"},{"product_id":"arb-4x4-awning-wind-break-front-1250mm","title":"ARB Front Awning Windbreak - 1250mm | 813300","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake a sheltered spot for your chairs and camping gear\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn open awning is great for shade, but a front windbreak makes the space more comfortable when the breeze or low sun reaches underneath. This 1250mm ARB windbreak angles out from the matching awning, giving your chairs and equipment more sheltered space at camp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCS813300\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eShelter that extends beyond the awning edge\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe angled fabric adds shade and helps shield the area from rain. Waterproof PU-coated 300GSM polycotton canvas has a UVP 50+ rating, making it a useful addition for longer days spent beneath the awning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the front panel for the correct width\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis 813300 front windbreak matches the 1250mm awning width. The front panel size matters because it attaches across that edge; other widths use their own front panels. Choose the corresponding 1250mm ARB awning application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePitch it securely\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFour tie-down points help secure the windbreak and add support to the pitched awning. Follow the awning instructions for ropes, pegs and conditions, and pack away when the weather exceeds the safe use of the setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCS813300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e813300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront awning panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMatching awning width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFabric\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePU-coated 300GSM polycotton canvas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProtection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWaterproof fabric, UVP 50+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTie-down points\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatching ARB awning required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes this fit every awning width?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose it for the 1250mm front edge. Different front-panel widths use different part numbers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include an awning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is the front windbreak attachment for the matching ARB awning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it for extra shade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The angled panel adds shaded space and helps reduce exposure to wind and rain beneath the awning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it stay up in strong wind?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the awning and windbreak within their instructions and prevailing conditions. Secure the setup properly and pack it away when conditions become unsuitable.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53999643066710,"sku":"XCS813300","price":63.82,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/front_wind_break_2.png?v=1779817944"},{"product_id":"arb-4x4-awning-wind-break-front-2000mm","title":"ARB Front Awning Windbreak - 2000mm | 813202","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake a sheltered spot for your chairs and camping gear\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn open awning is great for shade, but a front windbreak makes the space more comfortable when the breeze or low sun reaches underneath. This 2000mm ARB windbreak angles out from the matching awning, giving your chairs and equipment more sheltered space at camp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCSA813202\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eShelter that extends beyond the awning edge\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe angled fabric adds shade and helps shield the area from rain. Waterproof PU-coated 300GSM polycotton ripstop canvas has a UVP 50+ rating, making it a useful addition for longer days spent beneath the awning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the front panel for the correct width\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis 813202 front windbreak matches the 2000mm awning width. The front panel size matters because it attaches across that edge; other widths use their own front panels. The matched \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-awning-with-light-installed-2000mm-x-2500mm\"\u003eARB awning\u003c\/a\u003e is available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePitch it securely\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFour tie-down points help secure the windbreak and add support to the pitched awning. Follow the awning instructions for ropes, pegs and conditions, and pack away when the weather exceeds the safe use of the setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCSA813202\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e813202\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront awning panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMatching awning width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFabric\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePU-coated 300GSM polycotton ripstop canvas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProtection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWaterproof fabric, UVP 50+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTie-down points\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatching ARB awning required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes this fit every awning width?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose it for the 2000mm front edge. Different front-panel widths use different part numbers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include an awning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is the front windbreak attachment for the matching ARB awning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it for extra shade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The angled panel adds shaded space and helps reduce exposure to wind and rain beneath the awning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it stay up in strong wind?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the awning and windbreak within their instructions and prevailing conditions. Secure the setup properly and pack it away when conditions become unsuitable.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53999643165014,"sku":"XCSA813202","price":92.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/front_wind_break_1.png?v=1779817955"},{"product_id":"arb-4x4-awning-wind-break-front-2500mm","title":"ARB Front Awning Windbreak - 2500mm | 813102","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake a sheltered spot for your chairs and camping gear\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn open awning is great for shade, but a front windbreak makes the space more comfortable when the breeze or low sun reaches underneath. This 2500mm ARB windbreak angles out from the matching awning, giving your chairs and equipment more sheltered space at camp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCSA3813102\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eShelter that extends beyond the awning edge\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe angled fabric adds shade and helps shield the area from rain. Waterproof PU-coated 300GSM polycotton canvas has a UVP 50+ rating, making it a useful addition for longer days spent beneath the awning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the front panel for the correct width\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis 813102 front windbreak matches the 2500mm awning width. The front panel size matters because it attaches across that edge; other widths use their own front panels. The matched \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-awning-led-light-kit-2500mm-x-2500mm\"\u003eARB awning\u003c\/a\u003e is available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePitch it securely\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFour tie-down points help secure the windbreak and add support to the pitched awning. Follow the awning instructions for ropes, pegs and conditions, and pack away when the weather exceeds the safe use of the setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCSA3813102\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e813102\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront awning panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMatching awning width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2500mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFabric\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePU-coated 300GSM polycotton canvas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProtection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWaterproof fabric, UVP 50+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTie-down points\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatching ARB awning required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes this fit every awning width?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose it for the 2500mm front edge. Different front-panel widths use different part numbers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include an awning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is the front windbreak attachment for the matching ARB awning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it for extra shade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The angled panel adds shaded space and helps reduce exposure to wind and rain beneath the awning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it stay up in strong wind?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the awning and windbreak within their instructions and prevailing conditions. Secure the setup properly and pack it away when conditions become unsuitable.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53999643263318,"sku":"XCSA3813102","price":113.39,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/front_wind_break.png?v=1779817965"},{"product_id":"arb-wind-break-to-fit-side","title":"ARB Side Awning Windbreak - 813400","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake your awning more comfortable when the breeze changes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA side windbreak helps keep the sheltered area useful when wind or low sunlight reaches under the awning. ARB 813400 angles away from the awning, giving your chairs and gear more cover while allowing space beside the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCS813400\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eExtra protection along the side\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWaterproof PU-coated 300GSM polycotton canvas has a UVP 50+ rating. The angled shape adds sheltered space rather than closing tightly against the vehicle, helping preserve side-door and equipment clearance when pitched correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMatch the side panel to the awning\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 813400 side panel is designed for the compatible ARB 2000 and 2500 model awnings. It has a different application from a front panel, which is selected by awning width.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePitch it for the conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFour tie-down points help secure the panel and support the pitched awning. Fit it to the awning instructions and check the ground and weather conditions before leaving the setup in use. For front protection, choose the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-4x4-awning-wind-break-front-2000mm\"\u003e2000mm\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-4x4-awning-wind-break-front-2500mm\"\u003e2500mm\u003c\/a\u003e front windbreak matched to the awning width.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCS813400\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e813400\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePanel position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide of awning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAwning application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible ARB 2000 and 2500 model awnings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFabric\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePU-coated 300GSM polycotton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProtection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWaterproof fabric, UVP 50+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTie-down points\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eShape\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAngles away from the vehicle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this the front windbreak?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is the side panel. Front windbreaks have their own widths and part numbers to match the awning front edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it clear a side door?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIts pitched shape sits away from the vehicle to help with door and equipment clearance. Position it correctly and check the actual door opening before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it work with a 2m awning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for the compatible ARB 2000 and 2500 model awning applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I leave it up in strong winds?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFollow the awning and windbreak instructions, secure the setup correctly and pack it away when conditions become unsuitable.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53999644246358,"sku":"XCS813400","price":101.22,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/arb_awning_wind_break.png?v=1779817973"},{"product_id":"arb-awning-with-light-black-aluminium-case-3000mm-x-2500mm-xcsa814415","title":"ARB 814415 Aluminium Case Awning with LED Light - 3000 x 2500 mm, Black","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake yourself comfortable beside your vehicle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePark up, pull out the awning and make somewhere comfortable to sit, cook or simply enjoy the view. This ARB 3 x 2.5 m awning gives you shelter beside your vehicle, with a black aluminium case for the journey and built-in lighting for the evening.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCSA814415\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMake the stop as enjoyable as the drive\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 3000 mm width runs along the vehicle and the 2500 mm reach gives you useful space beside it. Put out your chairs, prepare lunch or keep the cooking area sheltered. Telescopic legs adjust up to 2.1 m to suit the mounting height and campsite.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA durable case and proper outdoor fabric\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe aluminium case protects the packed awning and keeps a clean appearance alongside your roof rack. PU-coated 300 gsm polycotton ripstop canvas provides shelter from sun and rain, with anti-wear points and metal cam locks for repeated use. Use the pegs and guy ropes to secure the awning for the conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLight for dinner, then a softer evening glow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe integrated strip provides up to 1200 lumens. Cool white helps when preparing food or finding equipment; amber gives a warmer feel and can reduce insect attraction. The dimmer lets you turn it down when you want to relax. Its IP56 rating applies to the dimmer control.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdd a matching room when you want more shelter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-awning-room-deluxe-with-floor-3000mm-x-2500mm-xcsa813110\"\u003ematching 3000 x 2500 mm Deluxe Awning Room\u003c\/a\u003e adds enclosed space beneath the awning, useful for privacy and more protection at camp. Match the room to these awning dimensions. The room is purchased separately; choose suitable awning mounting brackets for your roof rack as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLook after it between trips\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSecure and tension the awning properly, allow water to run off and pack it away if the wind becomes unsuitable. Dry the fabric before long-term storage and check the mounting brackets and fasteners regularly. Include the awning, brackets and other roof equipment in your vehicle's roof-load calculation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCSA814415\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e814415\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eExtended size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3000 x 2500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWidth along vehicle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProjection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium; black finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFabric\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 gsm PU-coated polycotton ripstop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.9 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLeg height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable up to 2.1 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCam locks\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLED output\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 1200 lumens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLED colour modes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCool white and amber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLighting control\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimmer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDimmer ingress rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP56\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAwning, LED lighting, pegs and guy ropes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRack mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable brackets chosen separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMatching awning room\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3000 x 2500 mm; purchased separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWater-head rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFabric composition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70% cotton \/ 30% polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLeg diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLight power connection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFused cigarette-socket plug\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich way do the dimensions run?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 3000 mm dimension runs along the side of the vehicle; the awning projects 2500 mm outward. Allow space for the legs, guy ropes and pegs at camp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the LED light included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The integrated light has cool white and amber modes with dimming, giving you practical light for dinner and a softer setting afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I mount it to my roof rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose suitable mounting brackets for your particular roof rack. The awning includes pegs and guy ropes for use at camp; roof mounting still needs the correct bracket arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I add an enclosed room?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-awning-room-deluxe-with-floor-3000mm-x-2500mm-xcsa813110\"\u003e3000 x 2500 mm Deluxe Awning Room\u003c\/a\u003e matches this awning size and is purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use it in wind or rain?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSecure the legs and guy ropes, tension the fabric and set it so water can drain. Pack the awning away when wind or weather makes using it unsuitable; it is not a shelter to leave unattended in worsening conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does it weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe awning weighs 21.9 kg. Add the mounting brackets and any other roof equipment when checking the vehicle and roof-rack load allowance.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53999644344662,"sku":"XCSA814415","price":637.91,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xcsa814415_1_ed8639c8-7979-4029-ba76-b4141dcc50a3.png?v=1779817983"},{"product_id":"arb-deluxe-awning-room-including-floor-2000mm-x-2500mm","title":"ARB Deluxe Awning Room with Floor - 2000 x 2500mm | 813208","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake your awning a comfortable place to spend the evening\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen the breeze picks up or insects arrive, an open awning can stop being the place you want to sit. This Deluxe Awning Room adds walls and a floor beneath your matching ARB awning, giving you a more comfortable spot for meals, changing clothes or relaxing after a day outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCSA813208\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLet the fresh air in and keep insects out\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe main walls combine mesh doors with outer panels that roll up, so you can change the balance of ventilation and privacy as the day goes on. Open the panels when you want a view of camp, or zip them down when you would rather be more sheltered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe room has zippered access on all four sides. The vehicle-side wall is solid, with an opening that lets you reach the vehicle without walking all the way around the enclosure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA proper floor and practical camp details\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUV-treated 300D Oxford polyester forms the walls, with a separate ceiling and waterproof floor. The floor gives you a cleaner place to stand and keep equipment than the bare ground, while the ceiling helps separate the room from the underside of the awning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn internal mesh pocket keeps small essentials nearby. Cable guides at the roof corners and a high cable-access point help you bring suitable lighting or power into the room without leaving a door wide open.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMatch the room to your awning\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis 813208 room is the 2000 x 2500mm version and uses a matching vehicle-mounted ARB awning for support. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-awning-with-light-installed-2000mm-x-2500mm\"\u003eARB 2000 x 2500mm PVC-case awning with LED\u003c\/a\u003e is a matching size if you are choosing both items.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-deluxe-awning-room-including-floor-2500mm-x-2500mm\"\u003e2500 x 2500mm room\u003c\/a\u003e is a separate size. Choose the enclosure to match the width and projection of the awning you already own. Allow room around the vehicle to peg and tension the enclosure, and dry it before packing it away.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCSA813208\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e813208\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eExtended room size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 x 2500mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCompatible support\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatching ARB 2000 x 2500mm vehicle-mounted awning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWall material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV-treated 300D Oxford polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWaterproof integrated floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCeiling\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeparate ceiling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAccess\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZippered access on four sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle-side wall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid wall with zippered vehicle access\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMain doors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMesh doors with roll-up outer panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSmall-item storage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal mesh pocket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCable routing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCorner roof cable guides and high cable-access point\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePurchase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAwning room; supporting awning purchased separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this without an awning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe room needs a matching ARB 2000 x 2500mm awning to support it. Choose the room and awning sizes together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I leave the sides open?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Roll up the outer panels to expose the mesh for fresh air and a view of camp, or close the panels for more privacy and shelter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I still get into the vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The solid rear wall has zippered vehicle-side access, so you can reach the vehicle from inside the room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a floor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A waterproof floor is part of the room, giving you a cleaner area for changing, relaxing and storing camp essentials.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I pack it away?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eClean off loose dirt and let the fabric and floor dry before storage. If you have to pack it wet to leave camp, open it out to dry as soon as practical.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53999644967254,"sku":"XCSA813208","price":249.22,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xcsa813208_4.jpg?v=1779817994"},{"product_id":"arb-4x4-deluxe-awning-room-including-floor-2500mm-x-2500mm","title":"ARB Deluxe Awning Room with Floor 2500mm x 2500mm - Camp Shelter","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMake yourself comfortable beside your vehicle\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTurn a compatible 2500 x 2500 mm ARB awning into a more private place to sit, get changed or relax at camp. The Deluxe Awning Room adds walls and a waterproof floor, giving you useful living space beside the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCSA2813108\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRoll up the outer walls for mesh ventilation or lower them for privacy. Zipped access on all four walls lets you work around the campsite, while a separate ceiling and internal mesh organiser make the room easier to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe UV-treated 300D Oxford polyester outer and 8 kg weight give you clear details for choosing and carrying the room. Match the room to the size and compatibility of your ARB awning; the awning is separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCSA2813108\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeluxe awning room with floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Product Code\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e813108\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoom Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2500 x 2500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExterior Walls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300D Oxford polyester outer, UV treated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFloor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWaterproof\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAccess\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZipped access on all four walls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded features\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeparate ceiling and internal mesh organiser\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a floor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This Deluxe Awning Room includes a waterproof floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I open the walls for ventilation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Roll up the outer walls to use the mesh panels, or lower the walls when you want more privacy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I choose the right room?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMatch this 2500 x 2500 mm room to a compatible ARB awning of the same size.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53999645131094,"sku":"XCSA2813108","price":248.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xcsa813208_1_1.png?v=1779818005"},{"product_id":"arb-ensuite-room-instant-shower-tent","title":"ARB Vehicle-Mounted Ensuite \u0026 Shower Room - 814450","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA private place to freshen up after a day outdoors\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA proper shower or change of clothes can make a long day outside feel much more comfortable. The ARB Ensuite folds out from a suitable vehicle-mounted installation to give you a private space for showering, changing or using a separate portable toilet, with thoughtful storage and lighting already built in.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCS814450\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKeep your essentials close and dry\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree shower-head positions let you choose a layout that suits you: the roof, rear-wall hook-and-loop mounting or rear-wall hooks. Five pockets keep toiletries within reach, while the raised towel holder helps keep your towel away from the shower water. A lower toilet-roll\/accessory holder and two general-purpose wall hooks add useful storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shower equipment and water supply are separate, so you can pair the room with the system you already use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLighting and weather protection included\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarm and cool LED options give you a choice of lighting, with the included USB-C controller providing dimming. The 5m cable helps reach a suitable power source without putting the connection beside your feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe waterproof, UV-protected 200GSM silver-coated canvas and removable roof provide shelter. You can use the room with or without the roof. A centre bow supports it when fitted, while the heavy-duty polyethylene floor includes a corner drain hose for cleaning and draining shower water. Adjustable height helps suit the installed room to the ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFit it once, then open it when you stop\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe room folds from its powder-coated mounting body beside the vehicle and packs back into its heavy-duty zipped bag. Its extended footprint is 1330mm along the vehicle by 1220mm out, and it weighs 7.5kg. Select mounting brackets and a rack arrangement that suit the vehicle and permit the room to open safely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the fitted pegs to secure the fabric, keep the drain away from your camp living area and choose a pitch where privacy and drainage work together. Dry the room and clean the floor before storage after a wet trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e814450\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle-mounted fold-out privacy\/shower room\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eExtended footprint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1330mm long x 1220mm out\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFabric\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200GSM silver-coated canvas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty polyethylene with corner drain hose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRoof\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable; supported by centre bow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLighting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarm\/cool LED; USB-C dimming controller and 5m cable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eShower-head mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoof, rear-wall hook-and-loop mounting or rear-wall hooks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFive pockets, towel holder, toilet-roll\/accessory holder and two wall hooks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStorage bag\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty zipped bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWater\/shower\/toilet equipment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeparate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMounting brackets\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelect for the rack\/vehicle installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCanvas protection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWaterproof and UV protected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it stand separately from the vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a vehicle-mounted fold-out room. Fit its mounting body to a suitable rack arrangement, then open and secure the room when you stop.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a shower pump or water tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The room provides the privacy enclosure, floor and shower-head mounting positions. Water and shower equipment are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it for changing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The private enclosure, storage pockets and hooks make it useful for changing as well as showering or a separate portable toilet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is the lighting powered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse a suitable power source with the supplied USB connection and dimming controller. The lighting offers warm and cool modes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I clean the floor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe floor has a corner drain hose. Drain and clean it after use, then allow the fabric and floor to dry before storage.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53999645753686,"sku":"XCS814450","price":317.93,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/shower_room.png?v=1779818014"},{"product_id":"arb-awning-with-light-installed-2000mm-x-2500mm","title":"ARB 814406 PVC-Case Awning with LED Light - 2000 x 2500mm","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake your lunch stop or evening at camp more comfortable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRoll out the ARB 814406 awning and give yourself a sheltered place beside the vehicle to cook, sit or get out of the sun. Its 2m width along the vehicle and 2.5m projection provide useful cover without having to unpack a separate freestanding shelter. Integrated lighting also makes that space more useful after sunset.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCSA814406\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eShade and shelter ready when you stop\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe awning rolls from its PVC storage bag and uses aluminium legs and support arms to hold the canopy. The legs adjust from 1900 to 2100mm, with 25mm poles and metal cam locks for setting the height. Choose a suitable rack position so the awning can open with the clearance it needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 300GSM PU-coated poly\/cotton ripstop canvas is UPF 50+ rated and waterproof to a 1m water head. These fabric ratings help you choose the shelter, while sensible pegging and use for the conditions remain important.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLighting that suits the evening\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe integrated strip gives up to 1200 lumens, with cool white for cooking or sorting equipment and amber for a softer light when you settle down. The dimmer lets you choose how much light you need instead of putting a bright beam over the whole campsite.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn aluminium extrusion helps dissipate heat from the LEDs. The digital dimmer is IP56 water-resistant, and the system connects through the supplied fused cigarette-socket plug.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdd a room when you want more shelter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe matching \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-deluxe-awning-room-including-floor-2000mm-x-2500mm\"\u003e2000 x 2500mm Deluxe Awning Room\u003c\/a\u003e adds walls and a floor when you want privacy or insect protection. It is sold separately and should match this awning's size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe awning needs suitable mounting brackets for your rack or bars. Pegs, guy ropes, the integrated light, dimmer and fused power connection are included. The awning weighs 12.9kg, which needs to be included in the rack\/vehicle load calculation. Secure it for the conditions, retract it when wind makes use unsuitable and dry the fabric before prolonged storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e814406\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eExtended canopy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth along vehicle: 2000mm; projection: 2500mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAdjustable leg height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1900-2100mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePole diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePoles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCanvas\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300GSM PU-coated poly\/cotton ripstop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSun protection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUPF 50+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCanvas waterproof rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1m water head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft PVC case\/bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.9kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLED output\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 1200 lumens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLED colours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCool white and amber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLighting control\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimmable; IP56 dimmer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePower connection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFused cigarette-socket plug\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAwning, integrated LED, dimmer, fused plug, pegs and guy ropes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRack\/vehicle brackets\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelected separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMatching room size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 x 2500mm; separate accessory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the lights included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This version includes the integrated strip, white\/amber modes, dimmer and fused plug.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich way do the dimensions run?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe awning is 2000mm along the vehicle and projects 2500mm out from it. Allow that space when choosing a pitch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre mounting brackets included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the correct vehicle\/rack mounting brackets separately. The pegs and guy ropes are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I add an enclosed room?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Choose the matching \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-deluxe-awning-room-including-floor-2000mm-x-2500mm\"\u003e2000 x 2500mm Deluxe Awning Room\u003c\/a\u003e, sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I leave it out in wind?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSecure it with the pegs and guy ropes and assess the conditions. Retract it when the wind makes use unsuitable; do not leave the awning deployed unattended in changing weather.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53999645917526,"sku":"XCSA814406","price":298.87,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xcsa814406_1.png?v=1779818026"},{"product_id":"arb-awning-led-light-kit-2500mm-x-2500mm","title":"ARB 814407 PVC-Case Awning with LED Light - 2500 x 2500mm","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake your lunch stop or evening at camp more comfortable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRoll out the ARB 814407 awning and give yourself a sheltered place beside the vehicle to cook, sit or get out of the sun. Its 2.5m width along the vehicle and 2.5m projection provide useful cover without having to unpack a separate freestanding shelter. Integrated lighting also makes that space more useful after sunset.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCSA814407\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eShade and shelter ready when you stop\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe awning rolls from its PVC storage bag and uses aluminium legs and support arms to hold the canopy. The legs adjust from 1900 to 2100mm, with 25mm poles and metal cam locks for setting the height. Choose a suitable rack position so the awning can open with the clearance it needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 300GSM PU-coated poly\/cotton ripstop canvas is UPF 50+ rated and waterproof to a 1m water head. These fabric ratings help you choose the shelter, while sensible pegging and use for the conditions remain important.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLighting that suits the evening\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe integrated strip gives up to 1200 lumens, with cool white for cooking or sorting equipment and amber for a softer light when you settle down. The dimmer lets you choose how much light you need instead of putting a bright beam over the whole campsite.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn aluminium extrusion helps dissipate heat from the LEDs. The digital dimmer is IP56 water-resistant, and the system connects through the supplied fused cigarette-socket plug.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdd a room when you want more shelter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe matching \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-deluxe-awning-room-including-floor-2500mm-x-2500mm\"\u003e2500 x 2500mm Deluxe Awning Room\u003c\/a\u003e adds walls and a floor when you want privacy or insect protection. It is sold separately and should match this awning's size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe awning needs suitable mounting brackets for your rack or bars. Pegs, guy ropes, the integrated light, dimmer and fused power connection are included. The awning weighs 14.3kg, which needs to be included in the rack\/vehicle load calculation. Secure it for the conditions, retract it when wind makes use unsuitable and dry the fabric before prolonged storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e814407\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eExtended canopy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth along vehicle: 2500mm; projection: 2500mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAdjustable leg height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1900-2100mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePole diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePoles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCanvas\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300GSM PU-coated poly\/cotton ripstop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSun protection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUPF 50+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCanvas waterproof rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1m water head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft PVC case\/bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14.3kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLED output\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 1200 lumens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLED colours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCool white and amber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLighting control\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimmable; IP56 dimmer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePower connection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFused cigarette-socket plug\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAwning, integrated LED, dimmer, fused plug, pegs and guy ropes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRack\/vehicle brackets\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelected separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMatching room size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2500 x 2500mm; separate accessory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the lights included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This version includes the integrated strip, white\/amber modes, dimmer and fused plug.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich way do the dimensions run?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe awning is 2500mm along the vehicle and projects 2500mm out from it. Allow that space when choosing a pitch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre mounting brackets included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the correct vehicle\/rack mounting brackets separately. The pegs and guy ropes are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I add an enclosed room?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Choose the matching \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-deluxe-awning-room-including-floor-2500mm-x-2500mm\"\u003e2500 x 2500mm Deluxe Awning Room\u003c\/a\u003e, sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I leave it out in wind?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSecure it with the pegs and guy ropes and assess the conditions. Retract it when the wind makes use unsuitable; do not leave the awning deployed unattended in changing weather.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53999646048598,"sku":"XCSA814407","price":307.52,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xcsa814407_6.jpg?v=1779818036"},{"product_id":"arb-altitude-tent-ladder-extension","title":"ARB Altitude Rooftop Tent Ladder Extension - 804520","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake your Altitude ladder work with a taller vehicle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf your Altitude sits above the reach of its standard ladder, the 804520 extension gives you the additional reach needed for the listed roof-rack height range. It attaches to the Altitude ladder when required and stores in the existing ladder compartment inside the tent shell, keeping the extra component with the tent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCCS804520\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose by roof-rack height\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe standard Altitude ladder is intended for roof-rack heights up to 2100mm. Adding this extension accommodates the listed range up to 2460mm. Measure the roof-rack height where the tent is mounted, rather than using vehicle overall height as a substitute.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt camp, ladder angle, level ground and secure footing still matter. Set it up according to the tent and ladder instructions before climbing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKeep it with your tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe extension fits in the Altitude's ladder storage area, so it does not have to take a separate space among your luggage. It is a practical addition when suspension, tyres or a taller vehicle put the tent higher than the standard ladder range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis accessory is made for the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-altitude-rooftop-tent\"\u003eARB Altitude rooftop tent\u003c\/a\u003e ladder. It is an extension, with the original ladder retained as part of the assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCCS804520\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e804520\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eApplication\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Altitude original ladder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStandard ladder roof-rack height range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 2100mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRoof-rack height with extension\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 2460mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExisting ladder area inside Altitude tent shell\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePurchase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtension; original ladder and tent separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs 2460mm the ladder length?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is the listed roof-rack height accommodated with the extension, rather than a quoted ladder length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere does the extension go while driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can be stored in the existing ladder storage area inside the Altitude shell.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it with any rooftop tent ladder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis extension is designed for the Altitude ladder. Compatibility with other ladder designs is not established.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818876850518,"sku":"XCCS804520","price":201.42,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/ladder_1.png?v=1785100616"},{"product_id":"arb-awning-alcove","title":"ARB Deluxe Awning Alcove - 2m or 2.5m Awning Options","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake your awning a more comfortable place to spend the day\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn awning gives you shade, but a little more shelter and privacy can make camp feel far more comfortable. The ARB Deluxe Awning Alcove adds a sheltered area beneath your matching ARB awning, with an integrated mesh mat and handy storage for the small things you use all day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eYour options\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"product-options\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eOption\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTo Suit 2.5m Awning\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCSA813109\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTo Suit 2m x 2.5m Awning\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCSA813209\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the version for your awning\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSelect 813209 for the 2m-wide, 2.5m-projection awning or 813109 for the 2.5m-wide awning. The awning supports the alcove, so the matching width is part of getting a tidy, properly tensioned fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMore comfort around your chairs and table\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 175GSM polyester ripstop fabric has a silver coating and a fire-retardant treatment. The integrated mesh mat gives your sheltered area a practical floor, while reinforced corners and eight peg eyelets help you secure the alcove in position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKeep everyday items within reach\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo removable full-height organisers provide four pockets each, one on each side. They keep small camping items close to hand, and the guy-rope storage pockets and drainage holes make the alcove easier to manage when packing up. Eight pegs and a canvas carry bag are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdd more enclosure when you want it\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe alcove can work with the matched Deluxe Awning Room arrangement. Choose the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-deluxe-awning-room-including-floor-2000mm-x-2500mm\"\u003e2m awning room\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-deluxe-awning-room-including-floor-2500mm-x-2500mm\"\u003e2.5m awning room\u003c\/a\u003e to suit the awning you own, and check the compatible attachment arrangement when combining them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCSA813109 \/ XCSA813209\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part numbers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e813209 (2m awning) \/ 813109 (2.5m awning)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFabric\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e175GSM polyester ripstop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFabric treatment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilver coating and fire-retardant treatment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated mesh mat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOrganisers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo removable organisers with four pockets each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eGround fixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEight peg eyelets and eight supplied pegs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCanvas carry bag and guy-rope storage pockets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRequired support\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatching ARB awning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich size should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the alcove for the width of your awning: 2m uses 813209, while 2.5m uses 813109.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come with the awning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the alcove attachment. It fits to the matching awning, which provides its support.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat comes with it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe alcove includes its mesh mat, two removable pocket organisers, eight pegs and canvas carry bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I combine it with an awning room?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for the compatible Deluxe Awning Room arrangement. Match the room and alcove to the same awning size and attachment system.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"To Suit 2.5m Awning","offer_id":54818876883286,"sku":"XCSA813109","price":149.82,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"To Suit 2m x 2.5m Awning","offer_id":54818876916054,"sku":"XCSA813209","price":126.92,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xcsa813209_4.png?v=1785100618"},{"product_id":"arb-deluxe-awning-room-including-floor-2500mm-x-2500mm","title":"ARB Deluxe Awning Room with Floor - 2500 x 2500mm | 813108","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake your awning a comfortable place to spend the evening\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen the breeze picks up or insects arrive, an open awning can stop being the place you want to sit. This Deluxe Awning Room adds walls and a floor beneath your matching ARB awning, giving you a more comfortable spot for meals, changing clothes or relaxing after a day outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCSA813108\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLet the fresh air in and keep insects out\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe main walls combine mesh doors with outer panels that roll up, so you can change the balance of ventilation and privacy as the day goes on. Open the panels when you want a view of camp, or zip them down when you would rather be more sheltered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe room has zippered access on all four sides. The vehicle-side wall is solid, with an opening that lets you reach the vehicle without walking all the way around the enclosure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA proper floor and practical camp details\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUV-treated 300D Oxford polyester forms the walls, with a separate ceiling and waterproof floor. The floor gives you a cleaner place to stand and keep equipment than the bare ground, while the ceiling helps separate the room from the underside of the awning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn internal mesh pocket keeps small essentials nearby. Cable guides at the roof corners and a high cable-access point help you bring suitable lighting or power into the room without leaving a door wide open.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMatch the room to your awning\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis 813108 room is the 2500 x 2500mm version and uses a matching vehicle-mounted ARB awning for support. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-awning-led-light-kit-2500mm-x-2500mm\"\u003eARB 2500 x 2500mm PVC-case awning with LED\u003c\/a\u003e is a matching size if you are choosing both items.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-deluxe-awning-room-including-floor-2000mm-x-2500mm\"\u003e2000 x 2500mm room\u003c\/a\u003e is a separate size. Choose the enclosure to match the width and projection of the awning you already own. Allow room around the vehicle to peg and tension the enclosure, and dry it before packing it away.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCSA813108\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e813108\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eExtended room size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2500 x 2500mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCompatible support\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatching ARB 2500 x 2500mm vehicle-mounted awning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWall material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV-treated 300D Oxford polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFloor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWaterproof integrated floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCeiling\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeparate ceiling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAccess\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZippered access on four sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle-side wall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid wall with zippered vehicle access\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMain doors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMesh doors with roll-up outer panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSmall-item storage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal mesh pocket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCable routing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCorner roof cable guides and high cable-access point\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePurchase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAwning room; supporting awning purchased separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this without an awning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe room needs a matching ARB 2500 x 2500mm awning to support it. Choose the room and awning sizes together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I leave the sides open?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Roll up the outer panels to expose the mesh for fresh air and a view of camp, or close the panels for more privacy and shelter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I still get into the vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The solid rear wall has zippered vehicle-side access, so you can reach the vehicle from inside the room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a floor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A waterproof floor is part of the room, giving you a cleaner area for changing, relaxing and storing camp essentials.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I pack it away?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eClean off loose dirt and let the fabric and floor dry before storage. If you have to pack it wet to leave camp, open it out to dry as soon as practical.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818876948822,"sku":"XCSA813108","price":248.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xcsa813208_1_1_9a4c1b60-8245-41f1-af86-d3ff89dedfb3.png?v=1785100619"},{"product_id":"arb-pinnacle-camp-table","title":"ARB Pinnacle Camp Table - Adjustable Legs | 10500171","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive meals at camp a proper place\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCooking, eating and making a cup of tea are much easier with a table that sits properly on the ground. The ARB Pinnacle gives you a 114 x 70cm surface and individually adjustable legs, so you can make a useful table height even when the campsite is uneven.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCT10500171\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjust each leg to suit the ground\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe height adjusts from 79 to 99cm. Independent leg adjustment helps level the top, which is useful when your vehicle is parked somewhere less uniform than a prepared campsite. The table has a 30kg load rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKeep the top free for what you are doing\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe included under-table basket gives smaller items another place to sit, leaving the tabletop clear for meals or food preparation. The aluminium frame has a black finish with charcoal crossbars.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePack it neatly for the next stop\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 600D carry bag has a divider to separate the components in transit. Pair it with the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-pinnacle-camp-chair\"\u003eARB Pinnacle chair\u003c\/a\u003e if you want a comfortable seat alongside your camp table, and choose the table height to suit the task.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCT10500171\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10500171\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTabletop\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e114 x 70cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eHeight adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e79-99cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLegs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndividually adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLoad rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium, black with charcoal crossbars\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded storage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder-table basket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCarry bag\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600D fabric with internal divider\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I level it on uneven ground?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach leg adjusts independently, helping you level the top on suitable campsite ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow high does it stand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe height adjusts from 79 to 99cm, so you can choose the height that suits the task.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the basket come with it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The under-table basket and divided 600D carry bag are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it as a seat or step?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse it as a table within its 30kg load rating. It is not designed as a seat or step.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818877014358,"sku":"XCT10500171","price":109.14,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/pinnacle-table-1.png?v=1785100622"},{"product_id":"arb-base-camp-chair","title":"ARB Base Camp Camping Chair - 10500151","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA comfortable seat makes every stop more enjoyable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhether you are staying for lunch or settling in for the evening, a proper chair makes camp more inviting. The ARB Base Camp Chair gives you padding throughout, padded armrests and a swivel cup holder in a practical folding design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCT10500151\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eComfort with a sturdy frame\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 600D polyester body and 420D ripstop panels sit on a steel frame. Built-in padding and padded armrests make it comfortable for a longer sit, with a 150kg weight rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKeep your drink and essentials close\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe swivel cup holder lets you position your drink beside you. A rear mesh pocket gives larger loose items a place to sit without leaving them on the ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEasy to pack between trips\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 6.3kg chair folds into its spacious 600D carry bag, which includes webbing straps and a padded shoulder section. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-pinnacle-camp-chair\"\u003ePinnacle chair\u003c\/a\u003e offers wider armrests and a side storage panel, with a higher packed weight of 8.8kg. Choose the arrangement you would most enjoy using.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCT10500151\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10500151\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSeat material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600D polyester with built-in padding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eContrasting panels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e420D ripstop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eArmrests\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePadded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDrink storage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwivel cup holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOther storage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear mesh pocket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWeight rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePacked weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.3kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCarry bag\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600D polyester with webbing straps and padded shoulder section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it padded?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The seat has built-in padding and the armrests are padded too.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come with a carry bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe spacious 600D bag is included, with webbing straps and a padded shoulder section.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it compare with the Pinnacle chair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Base Camp weighs 6.3kg and has padded armrests and a swivel cup holder. The 8.8kg Pinnacle has wide armrests and a side panel with a cup holder and storage pockets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the weight rating?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe chair is rated to 150kg. Use it fully opened on suitable ground and follow the chair instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818877047126,"sku":"XCT10500151","price":68.3,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/base_camp_1.png?v=1785100624"}],"url":"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/collections\/camping-equipment.oembed?page=5","provider":"Hoonies Adrenaline","version":"1.0","type":"link"}